This is a modern-English version of The Esperanto Teacher: A Simple Course for Non-Grammarians, originally written by Fryer, Helen.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
ESPERANTO INSTRUCTOR,
NON-GRAMMARIANS.
HELEN FRYER.
(B.E.A. PUBLICATIONS FUND—No. 3).
propaganda of Esperanto.
BRITISH ESPERANTO ASSOCIATION (Included),
17, Hart Street, W.C.I.
Perhaps to no one is Esperanto of more service than to the non-grammarian. It gives him for a minimum expenditure of time and money a valuable insight into the principles of grammar and the meaning of words, while enabling him, after only a few months of study, to get into communication with his fellow men in all parts of the world.
Perhaps no one benefits more from Esperanto than those who aren’t grammar experts. It offers them, with minimal time and money spent, a valuable understanding of grammar principles and word meanings, while allowing them, after just a few months of studying, to connect with people from all over the world.
To place these advantages within easy reach of all is the aim of this little book. Written by an experienced teacher, revised by Mr. E. A. Millidge, and based on the exercises of Dr. Zamenhof himself, it merits the fullest confidence of the student, and may be heartily commended to all into whose hands it may come.
To make these benefits accessible to everyone is the goal of this little book. Written by an experienced teacher, revised by Mr. E. A. Millidge, and based on the exercises of Dr. Zamenhof himself, it deserves the utmost trust from students and can be enthusiastically recommended to all who receive it.
W. W. Padfield.
W. W. Padfield.
This little book has been prepared in the hope of helping those who, having forgotten the lessons in grammar which they received at school, find some difficulty in learning Esperanto from the existing textbooks. It is hoped it will be found useful not only for solitary students, but also for class work.
This small book has been created to help those who, having forgotten the grammar lessons they learned in school, struggle to learn Esperanto from the available textbooks. It is hoped that it will be useful not just for individual learners, but also for classroom activities.
The exercises are taken chiefly from the "Ekzercaro" of Dr. Zamenhof. The compiler also acknowledges her indebtedness especially to the "Standard Course of Esperanto," by Mr. G. W. Bullen, and to the "Esperanto Grammar and Commentary," by Major-General Geo. Cox, and while accepting the whole responsibility for all inaccuracies and crudenesses, she desires to thank all who have helped in the preparation, and foremost among them Mr. W. W. Padfield, of Ipswich, for advice and encouragement throughout the work, and to Mr. E. A. Millidge, for his unfailing kindness and invaluable counsel and help in its preparation and revision.
The exercises are mainly taken from Dr. Zamenhof's "Ekzercaro." The compiler also acknowledges her gratitude, especially to Mr. G. W. Bullen's "Standard Course of Esperanto," and Major-General Geo. Cox's "Esperanto Grammar and Commentary," and while she takes full responsibility for any mistakes and imperfections, she wants to thank everyone who contributed to the preparation, especially Mr. W. W. Padfield from Ipswich, for his advice and encouragement throughout the process, and Mr. E. A. Millidge, for his consistent kindness and invaluable guidance and assistance in its preparation and review.
The student is strongly advised to cultivate the habit of thinking in Esperanto from the very beginning of the study. To do this he should try to realise the idea mentally without putting it into English words, e.g., when learning the word "rozo" or "kolombo," let him bring the object itself before his mind's eye, instead of repeating "rozo, rose; kolombo, pigeon"; or with the sentence "la suno brilas, the sun shines," let him picture the sun shining. Having studied the lesson and learned the vocabulary, he should read the exercise, repeating each sentence aloud until he has become familiar with it and can pronounce it freely. Then turning to the English translation at the end of the book, he should write the exercise into Esperanto, compare it with the original, and re-learn and re-write if necessary. Although this method may require a little more time and trouble at first, the greater facility gained in speaking the language will well repay the outlay.
The student is strongly encouraged to develop the habit of thinking in Esperanto right from the start of their studies. To do this, they should aim to visualize the concept mentally without translating it into English, e.g., when learning the word "rozo" or "kolombo," they should picture the actual object in their mind instead of just saying "rozo, rose; kolombo, pigeon"; or with the sentence "la suno brilas, the sun shines," they should visualize the sun shining. After studying the lesson and memorizing the vocabulary, they should read the exercise, repeating each sentence aloud until they are comfortable with it and can pronounce it easily. Then, by checking the English translation at the end of the book, they should write the exercise out in Esperanto, compare it with the original, and revise and re-write if needed. Although this approach may take a bit more time and effort initially, the increased fluency in speaking the language will more than make up for it.
After mastering this book the student should take some reader, such as "Unua Legolibro," by Dr. Kabe, and then proceed to the "Fundamenta Krestomatio," the standard work on Esperanto, by Dr. Zamenhof.
After finishing this book, the student should pick up a reader like "Unua Legolibro" by Dr. Kabe, and then move on to "Fundamenta Krestomatio," the standard work on Esperanto by Dr. Zamenhof.
A very good Esperanto-English vocabulary is to be found in the "Esperanto Key," ½d., or in "The Whole of Esperanto for a Penny."
A great Esperanto-English dictionary can be found in the "Esperanto Key," ½d., or in "The Whole of Esperanto for a Penny."
A few words as to the origin of Esperanto will perhaps not be out of place here. The author of the language, Dr. Ludovic Zamenhof, a Polish Jew, was born on December 3rd, 1859, at Bielovstok, in Poland, a town whose inhabitants are of four distinct races, Poles, Russians, Germans, and Jews, each with their own language and customs, and often at open enmity with each other. Taught at home that all men are brethren, Zamenhof found everywhere around him outside the denial of this teaching, and even as a child came to the conclusion that the races hated, because they could not understand, each other. Feeling keenly, too, the disabilities under which his people specially laboured, being cut off by their language from the people among whom they lived, while too proud to learn the language of their persecutors, he set himself to invent a language which should be neutral and therefore not require any sacrifice of pride on the part of any race.
A few words about the origin of Esperanto might be helpful here. The creator of the language, Dr. Ludovic Zamenhof, a Polish Jew, was born on December 3, 1859, in Bielostok, Poland, a town with inhabitants from four different races: Poles, Russians, Germans, and Jews, each with their own languages and customs, often openly hostile to one another. Taught at home that all people are brothers, Zamenhof observed the contradiction of this belief all around him and, even as a child, concluded that the races hated each other because they couldn't understand one another. He also felt deeply the challenges his people faced, being isolated by their language from those around them while being too proud to learn the language of their oppressors. This led him to create a neutral language that wouldn't require any group to give up their pride.
Interesting as is the story of Zamenhof's attempts and difficulties, it must suffice here to say that at the end of 1878 the new language was sufficiently advanced for him to impart it to schoolfellows like-minded with himself, and on December 17th of that year they fêted its birth, and sang a hymn in the new language, celebrating the reign of unity and peace which should be brought about by its means, "All mankind must be united in one family." But the enthusiasm of its first followers died down under the derision they encountered, and for nine years more Zamenhof worked in secret at his language, translating, composing, writing original articles, improving, polishing, till in 1887 he published his first book under the title of "An International Language by Dr. Esperanto." (Esperanto means one who hopes).
As interesting as Zamenhof's struggles and efforts are, it's enough to say that by the end of 1878, the new language was developed enough for him to share it with like-minded classmates. On December 17th of that year, they celebrated its creation and sang a hymn in the new language, honoring the era of unity and peace it aimed to promote, stating, "All mankind must be united in one family." However, the excitement of its early supporters faded in the face of mockery, and for another nine years, Zamenhof continued to work on his language in secret—translating, composing, writing original articles, refining, and perfecting it—until he published his first book in 1887 titled "An International Language by Dr. Esperanto." (Esperanto means one who hopes).
That the idea which impelled the young Zamenhof to undertake such a work is still the mainspring of his devotion to the cause is shown by the following extract from his opening speech at the second International Esperanto Congress in 1906:—"We are all conscious that it is not the thought of its practical utility which inspires us to work for Esperanto, but only the thought of the important and holy idea which underlies an international language. This idea, you all know, is that of brotherhood and justice among all peoples." And, again, in his presidential address at the third Esperanto Congress, held this year (1907) at Cambridge, he said, "We are constantly repeating that we do not wish to interfere in the internal life of the nations, but only to build a bridge between the peoples. The ideal aim of Esperantists, never until now exactly formulated, but always clearly felt, is: To establish a neutral foundation, on which the various races of mankind may hold peaceful, brotherly intercourse, without intruding on each other their racial differences."
That the idea that motivated the young Zamenhof to take on such a project still drives his commitment to the cause is evident from the following excerpt from his opening speech at the second International Esperanto Congress in 1906:—"We all know that it’s not the thought of its practical utility that inspires us to work for Esperanto, but rather the important and noble idea that underpins an international language. This idea, as you all know, is that of brotherhood and justice among all peoples." Furthermore, in his presidential address at the third Esperanto Congress, held this year (1907) in Cambridge, he stated, "We continually emphasize that we do not wish to interfere in the internal affairs of nations, but only to build a bridge between peoples. The ultimate goal of Esperantists, which has never before been precisely articulated but is always keenly felt, is: To establish a neutral foundation, on which the various races of mankind may engage in peaceful, brotherly interaction, without imposing their racial differences upon one another."
Sur neŭtrala lingva fundamento,
Komprenante unu la alian,
La popoloj faros en konsento
Unu grandan rondon familian.
Sur neŭtrala lingva fundamento,
Komprenante unu la alian,
La popoloj faros en konsento
Unu grandan rondon familian.
(On the foundation of a neutral language,
Understanding one another,
The peoples will form in agreement
One great family circle).
(On the basis of a neutral language,
Understanding each other,
The people will come together in agreement
To form one big family circle).
Helen Fryer.
Helen Fryer.
December, 1907.
December 1907.
In Esperanto each letter has only one sound, and each sound is represented in only one way. The words are pronounced exactly as spelt, every letter being sounded.
In Esperanto, each letter has just one sound, and each sound is represented in only one way. The words are pronounced exactly as they're spelled, with every letter being pronounced.
Those consonants which in English have one simple sound only are exactly the same in Esperanto; they are—b, d, f, k, l, m, n, p, r, t, v, z (r must be well rolled).
Those consonants that have only one simple sound in English are exactly the same in Esperanto; they are—b, d, f, k, l, m, n, p, r, t, v, z (r should be rolled well).
q, w, x, y are not used.
q, w, x, y are not used.
c, g, h, s, which in English represent more than one sound, and j are also used with the mark ˆ—
c, g, h, s, which in English represent more than one sound, and j are also used with the mark ˆ—
c (whose two English sounds are represented by k and s) has the sound of ts, as in its, tsar.
c (whose two English sounds are represented by k and s) has the sound of ts, as in its, tsar.
ĉ like ch, tch, in church, match.
ĉ like ch, tch, in church, match.
g hard, as in go, gig, gun.
g hard, as in go, gig, gun.
ĝ soft, as in gentle, gem, or like j in just, Jew.
ĝ soft, like gentle, gem, or like j in just, Jew.
h well breathed, as in horse, home, how.
ĥ strongly breathed, and in the throat, as in the Scotch word loch. (Ask any Scotsman to pronounce it). ĥ occurs but seldom. It is the Irish gh in lough, and the Welsh ch.
ĥ is pronounced with a strong breath, similar to the way it sounds in the Scottish word loch. (Ask any Scotsman to say it). The sound ĥ is rare. It resembles the Irish gh in lough, and the Welsh ch.
j like y in yes, you, or j in hallelujah, fjord.
j like y in yes, you, or j in hallelujah, fjord.
ĵ like s in pleasure, or the French j, as in dejeuner, Jean d'Arc.
j is like s in pleasure, or the French j, as in déjeuner, Jean d'Arc.
s like ss in ass, less, never like s in rose.
s is like ss in ass, less, never like s in rose.
ŝ like sh in she, shall, ship, or s in sugar, sure.
ŝ like sh in she, shall, ship, or s in sugar, sure.
In newspapers, etc., which have not the proper type, ĉ, ĝ, ĥ, ĵ, ŝ are often replaced by ch, gh, hh, jh, sh, or by c', g', h', j', s', and ŭ by u.
In newspapers and similar publications that don't have the correct font, ĉ, ĝ, ĥ, ĵ, ŝ are often substituted with ch, gh, hh, jh, sh, or c', g', h', j', s', and ŭ is replaced with u.
ŭ is also a consonant, and has the sound of w in we, as Eŭropo, or u in persuade.
ŭ is also a consonant and sounds like w in we, as in Eŭropo, or like u in persuade.
The vowels a, e, i, o, u have not the English, but the Continental sounds.
The vowels a, e, i, o, u have the Continental sounds, not the English ones.
a always like a in ah! or in tart.
a always like a in a! or in tart.
e like e in bend, but broader, like e in there.
e is pronounced like e in bend, but with a wider sound, like e in there.
i is a sound between ee in meet and i in is.
i is a sound between ee in meet and i in is.
o like o in for, or in the Scottish no, or au in aught.
o as in o in for, or in the Scottish no, or au in aught.
u like oo in boot, poor.
u like oo in boot, poor.
a, e, i, o, u are all simple sounds, that is, the mouth is kept in one position while they are being sounded. In learning them lengthen them out, and be careful not to alter the position of the mouth, however long they are drawn out. In the compound sounds given below the shape of the mouth changes; to get the correct pronunciation sound each letter fully and distinctly, gradually bringing them closer until they run together, when they become almost as follows:—
a, e, i, o, u are all simple sounds, meaning the mouth stays in one position while you pronounce them. When you're learning these, stretch them out and make sure not to change your mouth's position, no matter how long you hold them. In the compound sounds listed below, the shape of your mouth changes; to pronounce them correctly, say each letter fully and clearly, then gradually bring them closer together until they blend into each other, becoming almost like this:—
aj nearly like ai in aisle, or i in nice, fine.
aj nearly like ai in aisle, or i in nice, fine.
ej nearly like ei in vein.
ej almost like ei in vein.
oj nearly like oy in boy, or oi in void.
oj almost like oy in boy, or oi in void.
uj nearly like uj in hallelujah.
uj almost like uj in hallelujah.
aŭ like ahw, or nearly ou in house, pronounced broadly, haouse.
aŭ like ahw, or nearly ou in house, pronounced broadly, haouse.
eŭ like ehw, or ey w in they were, ayw in wayward.
eŭ sounds like ehw, or ey w in they were, ayw in wayward.
Practise saying aja, eja, oja, uja, aŭa, eŭa several times quickly. Then gradually drop the final a.
Practise saying aja, eja, oja, uja, aŭa, eŭa several times quickly. Then gradually drop the final a.
The accent or stress is always placed on the syllable before the last, as es-pe-ro, es-pe-ran-to, es-pe-ran-tis-to, es-pe-ran-tis-ti-no; ju-na, ju-nu-lo, ju-nu-la-ro. All the syllables must be clearly pronounced, not slurred over.
The accent or stress is always on the syllable before the last, like in es-pe-ro, es-pe-ran-to, es-pe-ran-tis-to, es-pe-ran-tis-ti-no; ju-na, ju-nu-lo, ju-nu-la-ro. All syllables must be clearly pronounced and not slurred together.
a (as in bath), pat-ra, la-na, a-gra-bla, mal-var-ma, kla-ra, pa-fa-do.
a (like bath), pat-ra, la-na, a-gra-bla, mal-var-ma, kla-ra, pa-fa-do.
e (as in bend), be-la, mem, fe-nes-tro, ven-dre-do, tre-e-ge, le-te-ro.
e (like in bend), be-la, mem, fe-nes-tro, ven-dre-do, tre-e-ge, le-te-ro.
i (as in see), mi, i-li, i-mi-ti, vi-zi-ti, trin-ki, in-sis-ti.
i (as in see), mi, i-li, i-mi-ti, vi-zi-ti, trin-ki, in-sis-ti.
o (as in for), ho-mo, ro-zo, ko-lom-bo, dor-mo (the r rolled), mor-to, po-po-lo.
o (as in for), ho-mo, ro-zo, ko-lom-bo, dor-mo (the r rolled), mor-to, po-po-lo.
u (as in boot), u-nu, dum, bru-lu, sur-tu-to, vul-tu-ro, mur-mur-i.
u (as in boot), u-nu, dum, bru-lu, sur-tu-to, vul-tu-ro, mur-mur-i.
aj (as in nice), ajn, kaj, raj-to, taj-lo-ro, faj-ro, be-laj.
aj (as in nice), ajn, kaj, raj-to, taj-lo-ro, faj-ro, be-laj.
ej (as in play), vej-no, hej-mo, plej, hej-to.
ej (as in play), vej-no, hej-mo, plej, hej-to.
oj (as in boy), pat-roj, foj-no, ho-mojn, koj-no, soj-lo, kon-koj.
oj (as in boy), pat-roj, foj-no, ho-mojn, koj-no, soj-lo, kon-koj.
uj (as in hallelujah), tuj, ĉi-uj, ti-uj.
uj (as in hallelujah), tuj, ĉi-uj, ti-uj.
aŭ (as in cow), an-taŭ, laŭ-bo, fraŭ-li-no, kaŭ-zi, aŭs- kul-tu, aŭ-di.
aŭ (as in cow), an-taŭ, laŭ-bo, fraŭ-li-no, kaŭ-zi, aus- kul-tu, aŭ-di.
eŭ (like ehw), Eŭ-ro-po, neŭ-ral-gi-o, Eŭ-kar-is-to, reŭ-ma-tis-mo.
eŭ (like ehw), Eŭ-ro-pe, neŭ-ral-gi-que, Eŭ-kar-is-to, reŭ-ma-tis-mo.
c (= ts, bits), ce-lo, fa-ci-la (=fa-tsee-la), be-le-co (be-le-tso), ofi-ci-ro, pa-co, ci-ko-ni-o, co-lo.
c (= ts, bits), ce-lo, fa-ci-la (= fa-tsee-la), be-le-co (be-le-tso), ofi-ci-ro, pa-co, ci-ko-ni-o, co-lo.
ĉ (= tch, match), ĉu, eĉ, ĉe, ĉam-bro, ĉer-pi, tran-ĉi, ri-ĉa.
ĉ (= tch, match), ĉu, eĉ, ĉe, ĉam-bro, ĉer-pi, tran-ĉi, ri-ĉa.
g (as in good), lon-ga, le-gi, ge-nu-o, gen-to, gli-ti, gro-so.
g (as in good), lon-ga, le-gi, ge-nu-o, gen-to, gli-ti, gro-so.
ĝ (as in gem), ĝe-mi, ĝis, ĝar-de-no, sa-ĝa, man-ĝi, re-ĝo.
ĝ (as in gem), ĝe-mi, until, because of de-no, sa-ĝa, man-ĝi, re-ĝo.
h (breathed), ha-ro, hi-run-do, ha-rin-go, his-to-ri-o, he-de-ro, him-no.
h (breathed), ha-ro, hi-run-do, ha-rin-go, his-to-ri-o, he-de-ro, him-no.
ĥ (in throat), ĥe-mi-o, ĥo-le-ro, me-ĥa-ni-ko, e-ĥo, ĥa-o-so.
ĥ (in throat), ĥe-mi-o, ĥo-le-ro, me-ĥa-ni-ko, e-ĥo, ĥa-o-so.
j (like y), ju-na, ma-jes-ta, sin-jo-ro, ka-je-ro, jes, ja.
j (like y), ju-na, ma-jes-ta, sin-jo-ro, ka-je-ro, yes, ja.
ĵ (= zh), bon-aĵ-o, ĵe-ti, ĵur-na-lo, ĵus, ĵaŭ-do, ĵa-lu-zo.
ĵ (= zh), good-thing-o, to-be,
law-related-thing, just now, Thursday-do,
s (ss), su-per, ses, sta-ri, trans, ves-pe-ro, svin-gi.
s (ss), su-per, ses, sta-ri, trans, ves-pe-ro, svin-gi.
ŝ (sh), fre-ŝa, ŝe-lo, ku-ŝi, ŝtu-po, ŝvi-ti, ŝve-li.
ŝ (sh), fre-ŝa, ŝe-lo, ku-ŝi, ŝtu-po, ŝvi-ti, ŝve-li.
kz, ek-zer-co, ek-zem-plo, ek-za-me-no, ek-ze-ku-ti, ek-zi-li, ek-zis-ti.
kz, ek-zer-co, ek-zem-plo, ek-za-me-no, ek-ze-ku-ti, ek-zi-li, ek-zis-ti.
kv, kvar, kvin, kvi-e-ta, kvan-kam, kver-ko, kva-zaŭ.
kv, kvar, kvin, kvi-e-ta, kvan-kam, kver-ko, kva-zaŭ.
gv, gvi-di, lin-gvo.
gv, gvi-di, lin-gvo.
kn, kna-bo, kne-di.
kn, kna-bo, kne-di.
sc (sts), sci-o (sts-ee-o), sce-no (stse-no), scep-tro, eks-ci-ti (eks-tsee-tee), eks-cel-en-co (eks-tsel-en-tso), sci-en-co (stsee-en-tso).
sc (sts), sci-o (sts-ee-o), sce-no (stse-no), scep-tro, eks-ci-ti (eks-tsee-tee), eks-cel-en-co (eks-tsel-en-tso), sci-en-co (stsee-en-tso).
cen-to, sen-to; ce-lo, se-lo, ŝe-lo; co-lo, ko-lo; ci, ĉi; ec, eĉ; kru-co, kru-ĉo; pa-go, pa-ĝo; re-gi, re-ĝi; se-gi, se-ĝo; ho-ro, ĥo-ro; pe-si, pe-zi; ste-lo, ŝte-lo; san-go, ŝan-go; ver-so, ver-ŝi; dis-i-ri, dis-ŝi-ri; gus-ta, ĝus-ta; stu-po, ŝtu-po; sta-lo, ŝta-lo; pos-to, poŝ-to; re-ser-vi, re-zer-vi; ru-ĝi-gi, ru-ĉi-ĝi; ri-ĉi-gi, ri-ĉi-ĝi, ri-ĉe-co; fti-zo.
cen-to, sen-to; ce-lo, se-lo, ŝe-lo; co-lo, ko-lo; ci, ĉi; ec, eĉ; kru-co, kru-ĉo; pa-go, pa-ĝo; re-gi, re-ĝi; se-gi, se-ĝo; ho-ro, ĥo-ro; pe-si, pe-zi; ste-lo, ŝte-lo; san-go, ŝan-go; ver-so, ver-ŝi; dis-i-ri, dis-ŝi-ri; gus-ta, ĝus-ta; stu-po, ŝtu-po; sta-lo, ŝta-lo; pos-to, poŝ-to; re-ser-vi, re-zer-vi; ru-ĝi-gi, ru-ĉi-ĝi; ri-ĉi-gi, ri-ĉi-ĝi, ri-ĉe-co; fti-zo.
a-e-ro, oce-a-no, fe-i-no, ĝu-i, pe-re-i, pe-re-u; fo-i-ro, ĉi-u-ja-ra, vo-joj, tro-u-zi, for-ram-pi, ku-i-ri; skva-mo, zo-o-lo-gi-o, en-u-i, de-tru-u, ŝpru-ci, ru-i-ni; Jan-u-a-ro, Feb-ru-a-ro, li-e-no, ho-di-aŭ, hi-e-raŭ, Hun-gár-u-jo, Ne-a-po-lo, sci-u-ro.
a-e-ro, oce-a-no, fe-i-no, ĝu-i, pe-re-i, pe-re-u; fo-i-ro, ĉi-u-ja-ra, vo-joj, tro-u-zi, for-ram-pi, ku-i-ri; skva-mo, zo-o-lo-gi-o, en-u-i, de-tru-u, ŝpru-ci, ru-i-ni; Jan-u-a-ro, Feb-ru-a-ro, li-e-no, ho-di-aŭ, hi-e-raŭ, Hun-gár-u-jo, Ne-a-po-lo, sci-u-ro.
Note.—A useful mnemonic for the Esperanto vowels is par, pear, pier, pore, poor, but the sounds should not be dragged. It is helpful to note that the English words mate, reign, pane, bend; meet, beat, feel, lady; grow, loan, soft; mute, yes, mule (as pronounced in London and South of England), would be written in Esperanto thus:—mejt, rejn, pejn, bend; mijt, bijt, fijl, lejdi; groŭ, loŭn, soft; mjut, jes, mjul.
Note.—A helpful way to remember the Esperanto vowels is par, pear, pier, pore, poor, but don’t stretch the sounds. It's good to keep in mind that the English words mate, reign, pane, bend; meet, beat, feel, lady; grow, loan, soft; mute, yes, mule (as pronounced in London and the South of England) would be written in Esperanto as:—mejt, rejn, pejn, bend; mijt, bijt, fijl, lejdi; groŭ, loŭn, soft; mjut, jes, mjul.
In Esperanto a word generally consists of an unchanging part or root, which expresses the idea, and an ending which shows the use of the word, that is, whether it is a name, a describing word, etc. By changing the ending the use of the word is changed.
In Esperanto, a word usually has a fixed part or root that conveys the idea, and a suffix that indicates how the word is used, such as whether it is a noun, an adjective, etc. By altering the suffix, you can change the function of the word.
Notice carefully the words given below which end in o. It will be seen that they are all names.
Notice carefully the words below that end in o. You’ll see that they are all names.
In Esperanto every name ends in o.
In Esperanto, every name ends with o.
(In Grammar names are called Nouns).
(In grammar, names are called Nouns).
Notice further the words which end in -as. They all express doing or being (action or state), which is going on at the present time, or which is a custom at the present time.
Notice further the words that end in -as. They all express doing or being (action or state), which is happening right now or is a usual practice at this time.
The words "a," "an," are not expressed; "the" is translated by la.
The words "a" and "an" are not used; "the" is translated as la.
patro, father. frato, brother. filo, son. Teodoro,Theodore. tajloro, tailor. leono, lion. besto, animal. kolombo, pigeon. birdo, bird. rozo, rose. floro, flower. pomo, apple. suno, sun. tero, earth, ground. ŝtono, stone. |
ĉambro, room. fenestro, window. libro, book. krajono, pencil. plumo, pen. ĉapelo, hat. domo, house. arbo, tree. estas, is, are, am. apartenas, belongs. brilas, shines. kuŝas, lies. staras, stands. |
la, the. kaj, and. jes, yes. ne, no, not. al, to, towards. sur, on. en, in. apud, by, near, beside. |
de, of, from. kie, where. kio, what thing. jen estas, here is. ĉu, whether (asks a question). antaŭ, before, in front of. |
Patro kaj frato. Leono estas besto. Rozo estas floro kaj kolombo estas birdo. La rozo apartenas al Teodoro. La suno brilas. La patro estas tajloro. Kie estas la libro kaj la krajono? Jen estas pomo. Sur la tero kuŝas ŝtono. Sur la fenestro kuŝas krajono kaj plumo. La filo staras apud la patro. Jen kuŝas la ĉapelo de la patro. La patro estas en la ĉambro. Antaŭ la domo staras arbo.
Patro and brother. The lion is an animal. The rose is a flower, and the dove is a bird. The rose belongs to Teodoro. The sun is shining. The father is a tailor. Where is the book and the pencil? Here is an apple. There is a stone lying on the ground. On the window, there are a pencil and a pen. The son is standing next to the father. Here lies the father's hat. The father is in the room. A tree stands in front of the house.
Kio estas leono? Kio estas rozo? Kio brilas? Kio estas la patro? Kie estas la patro? Kio estas sur la fenestro? Kie estas la plumo?
Kio estas leono? Kio estas rozo? Kio brilas? Kio estas la patro? Kie estas la patro? Kio estas sur la fenestro? Kie estas la plumo?
Ĉu leono estas besto? Jes, leono estas besto. Ĉu rozo estas birdo? Ne, rozo ne estas birdo, rozo estas floro.
Ĉu leono estas besto? Jes, leono estas besto. Ĉu rozo estas birdo? Ne, rozo ne estas birdo, rozo estas floro.
Every "describing" word, that is, every word which tells the kind or quality of a person or thing, ends in "a," as granda, large; ruĝa, red.
Every "describing" word, meaning every word that tells the kind or quality of a person or thing, ends in "a," such as granda, large; ruĝa, red.
(A describing word is called an ADJECTIVE).
(A describing word is called an ADJECTIVE).
bela, beautiful. blanka, white. blua, blue. bona, good. fidela, faithful. forta, strong. freŝa, fresh. |
juna, young. matura, mature, ripe. nova, new. nutra, nutritious. pura, pure, clean. riĉa, rich. sana, well (healthy). |
ĉielo, sky,
heaven. festo, holiday. fraŭlino, maiden lady, Miss homo, man (human being). hundo, dog. infano, child. Johano, John. kajero, exercise book. lakto, milk. mano, hand. |
neĝo, snow. pano, bread. papero, paper. tablo, table. vino, wine. onklo, uncle. pli, more. ol, than. sed, but. tre, very. |
La patro estas sana. Infano ne estas matura homo. La ĉielo estas blua. Leono estas forta. La patro estas bona. La mano de Johano estas pura. Papero estas blanka. Blanka papero kuŝas sur la tablo. Jen estas la kajero de la juna fraŭlino. Sur la ĉielo staras la bela suno. La papero estas tre blanka, sed la neĝo estas pli blanka. Lakto estas pli nutra, ol vino. La pano estas freŝa. La onklo estas pli riĉa, ol la frato. Jen kuŝas ruĝa rozo. La hundo estas tre fidela. La libro estas nova.
La patro estas sana. Infano ne estas matura homo. La ĉielo estas blua. Leono estas forta. La patro estas bona. La mano de Johano estas pura. Papero estas blanka. Blanka papero kuŝas sur la tablo. Jen estas la notlibro de la juna fraŭlino. Sur la ĉielo estas la bela suno. La papero estas tre blanka, sed la neĝo estas pli blanka. Lakto estas pli nutra ol vino. La pano estas freŝa. La onklo estas pli riĉa ol la frato. Jen kuŝas ruĝa rozo. La hundo estas tre fidela. La libro estas nova.
When the name (noun) is required to denote more than one of the persons or things for which it stands, j is added to it, as rozoj, roses; kolomboj, pigeons; and then every "describing" word (adjective) which belongs to it must also have j, as ruĝaj rozoj, red roses; la kolomboj estas belaj, the pigeons are beautiful.
When a noun needs to refer to more than one person or thing, you add j to it, like rozoj, for roses, and kolomboj, for pigeons. After that, every describing word (adjective) that goes with it also needs an j, as in ruĝaj rozoj, meaning red roses, and la kolomboj estas belaj, which means the pigeons are beautiful.
(When the noun stands for "more than one," it is said to be plural. j is the sign of the plural).
(When the noun refers to "more than one," it is called plural. j is the indicator of the plural).
jaro, year. kanto, song. knabo, boy. lilio, lily. tranĉilo, knife. dento, tooth. |
agrabla, agreeable,
pleasant. akra, sharp. delikata, delicate. flugas, fly, flies. diligenta, diligent. |
lundo, Monday. mardo, Tuesday. merkredo, Wednesday. ĵaŭdo, Thursday. |
vendredo, Friday. sabato, Saturday. dimanĉo, Sunday. |
La birdoj flugas. La kanto de la birdoj estas agrabla. Kie estas la knaboj? La patroj estas sanaj. Infanoj ne estas maturaj homoj. Leonoj estas fortaj. La manoj de Johano estas puraj. Jen estas la kajeroj de la junaj fraŭlinoj. La onkloj estas pli riĉaj, ol la fratoj. La hundoj estas tre fidelaj. Blankaj paperoj kuŝas sur la tablo. En la ĉambro estas novaj ĉapeloj. Kie estas la akraj tranĉiloj? Bonaj infanoj estas diligentaj. Jen kuŝas puraj, blankaj, delikataj lilioj. La dentoj de leonoj estas akraj.
The birds are flying. The song of the birds is pleasant. Where are the boys? The fathers are healthy. Children are not mature adults. Lions are strong. John's hands are clean. Here are the notebooks of the young ladies. The uncles are wealthier than the brothers. Dogs are very loyal. White papers lie on the table. In the room, there are new hats. Where are the sharp knives? Good children are diligent. Here lie clean, white, delicate lilies. The teeth of lions are sharp.
mi, I. ci, thou. li, he. ŝi, she. ĝi, it |
ni, we. vi, you. ili, they. si, (see Lesson 7). oni, one, they, people. |
By adding a the pronouns are made to denote a quality, in this case possession, as mia libro, my book; via pomo, your apple; ilia infano, their child.
By adding a, the pronouns indicate a quality, in this case possession, like mia libro, my book; via pomo, your apple; ilia infano, their child.
mia, my, mine. cia, thy, thine. lia, his. ŝia, her, hers. ĝia, its. |
nia, our, ours. via, your, yours, ilia, their, theirs. sia (see Lesson 7), |
When the name to which these "pronoun-adjectives" belong is plural they must of course take j, as miaj libroj, my books; viaj pomoj, your apples; iliaj infanoj, their children.
When the name that these "pronoun-adjectives" refer to is plural, they must of course add j, like miaj libroj, my books; viaj pomoj, your apples; iliaj infanoj, their children.
In speaking of relations and parts of the body la is often used instead of mia, lia, etc., as La filo staras apud la patro, The son stands by the (his) father.
In discussions about relationships and body parts, la is often used instead of mia, lia, etc., as in La filo staras apud la patro, The son stands by the (his) father.
For "mine," "ours," etc., mia, nia, etc., may be used either with or without la, as La libro estas mia, or La libro estas la mia, The book is mine.
For "mine," "ours," etc., mia, nia, etc., can be used with or without la, as in La libro estas mia, or La libro estas la mia, The book is mine.
Oni is used for one, they, people, when these words are indefinite in meaning, as in the sentences:—Here one can speak fearlessly, Tie ĉi oni povas maltime paroli, They say that he is rich, Oni diras, ke li estas riĉa, People often eat too quickly, Oni ofte manĝas tro rapide.
Oni is used for one, they, people when these words are indefinite in meaning, as in the sentences:—Here one can speak fearlessly, Tie ĉi oni povas maltime paroli, They say that he is rich, Oni diras, ke li estas riĉa, People often eat too quickly, Oni ofte manĝas tro rapide.
avo, grandfather. amiko, friend. ĝardeno, garden knabino, girl. ruso, Russian. sinjoro, gentleman, Mr., Sir. vero, truth. venas, comes. iras, goes. legas, reads. skribas, writes. ploras, cry, cries. volas, wills, wishes. diras, says. sidas, sits. |
venkas, conquers. manĝi, to eat. ĝentila, polite. silente, silently. kiu, who, which (that). ĉiu, each one, every. ĉiuj, all, all the. la plej, the most. tiel, as, so. kiel, as. nun, now. ankaŭ, also. ĉiam, always. el, out of. ĉar, because, for. |
Mi legas. Vi skribas. Li estas knabo, kaj ŝi estas knabino. Ni estas homoj. Vi estas infanoj. Ili estas rusoj. Kie estas la knaboj? Ili estas en la ĝardeno, Kie estas la knabinoj? Ili ankaŭ estas en la ĝardeno. Kie estas la tranĉiloj? Ili kuŝas sur la tablo. La infano ploras, ĉar ĝi volas manĝi. Sinjoro, vi estas neĝentila. Sinjoroj, vi estas neĝentilaj. Oni diras; ke la vero ĉiam venkas. La domo apartenas al li. Mi venas de la avo, kaj mi iras nun al la onklo. Mi estas tiel forta, kiel vi. Nun mi legas, vi legas, kaj li legas, ni ĉiuj legas. Vi skribas, kaj la infanoj skribas, ili (vi) ĉiuj sidas silente kaj skribas.
I read. You write. He is a boy, and she is a girl. We are people. You are kids. They are Russians. Where are the boys? They are in the garden. Where are the girls? They are also in the garden. Where are the knives? They are lying on the table. The child is crying because it wants to eat. Sir, you are rude. Sirs, you are rude. It’s said that the truth always wins. The house belongs to him. I’m coming from grandfather, and I’m going to uncle now. I am as strong as you. Now I read, you read, and he reads; we all read. You write, and the kids write; they (you) all sit quietly and write.
Mia hundo, vi estas tre fidela. Li estas mia onklo, ĉar mia patro estas lia frato. El ĉiuj miaj infanoj, Ernesto estas la plej juna. Lia patro kaj liaj fratoj estas en la ĝardeno. ŝia onklo estas en la domo. Kie estas viaj libroj? Niaj libroj kuŝas sur la tablo; iliaj krajonoj kaj ilia papero ankaŭ kuŝas sur la tablo.
Mia hundo, du, vi estas tre fidela. Li estas mia onklo, ĉar mia patro estas lia frato. El ĉiuj miaj infanoj, Ernesto estas la plej juna. Lia tata kaj liaj fratoj estas en la ĝardeno. Ŝia onklo estas en la domo. Kie estas viaj libroj? Niaj libroj kuŝas sur la tablo; iliaj krajonoj kaj ilia papero ankaŭ kuŝas sur la tablo.
Kiu estas en la ĉambro? Kiuj estas en la ĉambro? La sinjoro, kiu legas, estas mia amiko. La sinjoro, al kiu vi skribas, estas tajloro. Kio kuŝas sur la tablo?
Kiu estas en la ĉambro? Kiuj estas en la ĉambro? La sinjoro, kiu legas, estas mia amiko. La sinjoro, al kiu vi skribas, estas tajloro. Kio kuŝas sur la tablo?
In order to understand the meaning of a sentence it is necessary to be able to recognise clearly and unmistakably what it is that is spoken about, that is, what the subject of the sentence is. In English this is often to be recognised only by its position in the sentence. For instance, the three words—visited, John, George, can be arranged to mean two entirely, different things, either "John visited George," or "George visited John." [Footnote: In teaching Esperanto to children it is well to make sure before going further that they thoroughly understand, what the subject is. The subject is that which we think or speak about. The word which stands for it is the subject of the sentence. The children may be required to underline the subject of each sentence in a suitable piece of prose or verse.] In Esperanto the sense does not depend on the arrangement—" Johano vizitis Georgon" and "Georgon vizitis Johano" mean exactly the same thing, that John visited George, the n at the end of "Georgon" showing that "Georgon" is not the subject. There is no want of clearness about the following (Esperanto) sentences, absurd as they are in English:—
In order to understand the meaning of a sentence, it's essential to clearly and unmistakably recognize what is being talked about, that is, what the subject of the sentence is. In English, this is often identified only by its position in the sentence. For example, the three words—visited, John, George—can be arranged to convey two entirely different meanings: either "John visited George" or "George visited John." [Footnote: When teaching Esperanto to children, it's important to ensure they fully understand what the subject is before moving on. The subject is what we think or speak about. The word that represents it is the subject of the sentence. The children can be asked to underline the subject of each sentence in a suitable piece of prose or poetry.] In Esperanto, the meaning does not depend on the arrangement—"Johano vizitis Georgon" and "Georgon vizitis Johano" mean exactly the same thing: John visited George, with the n at the end of "Georgon" indicating that "Georgon" is not the subject. There is no lack of clarity in the following (Esperanto) sentences, no matter how absurd they may be in English:—
La | patron | mordis | la | hundo. |
The | father | bit | the | dog. |
La | infanon | gratis | la | kato. |
The | child | scratched | the | cat. |
La | birdojn | pafis | Johano. | |
The | birds | shot | John. | |
La | musojn | kaptis | la | knabo. |
The | mice | caught | the | boy. |
La | kokidon | manĝis | la | onklo. |
The | chicken | ate | the | uncle. |
La | bildon | pentris | la | pentristo. |
The | picture | painted | the | painter. |
La | fiŝojn | vendis | la | fiŝisto. |
The | fish | sold | the | fisherman. |
In these sentences the subjects are at once seen to be hundo, kato, Johano, knabo, onklo, pentristo, fiŝisto, for the final n in patron, infanon, birdojn, musojn, kokidon, bildon, fiŝojn, distinguishes these words from the subject.
In these sentences, the subjects are clearly identified as hundo, kato, Johano, knabo, onklo, pentristo, fiŝisto, because the final n in patron, infanon, birdojn, musojn, kokidon, bildon, fiŝojn sets these words apart from the subject.
This use of n renders clear sentences that are not clear in English. "John loves Mary more than George" may mean "more than John loves George" or "more than George loves Mary." In Esperanto it is quite clear. "Johano amas Marion, pli ol Georgo" means "more than George loves Mary," because "Georgo" is the subject of the second (elliptical) sentence, but "Johano amas Marion, pli ol Georgon" means "more than John loves George," because the final n in Georgon shows this to be not the subject.
This use of n creates clear sentences that aren't clear in English. "John loves Mary more than George" could mean "more than John loves George" or "more than George loves Mary." In Esperanto, it's much clearer. "Johano amas Marion, pli ol Georgo" means "more than George loves Mary," because "Georgo" is the subject of the second (elliptical) sentence, but "Johano amas Marion, pli ol Georgon" means "more than John loves George," since the final n in Georgon indicates that it is not the subject.
There are cases, however, in which it is not necessary to add n, the noun or pronoun being distinguished from the subject in another way. Examples are found in the first exercise:—Sur la tero kuŝas ŝtono, On the ground lies a stone. Antaŭ la pordo staras arbo, Before the door stands a tree. Notwithstanding their position, "ground" and "door" are seen to be not the subject, because before them are the words "on," "before," which connect them with the rest of the sentence—it is "on the ground," "before the door." So with other sentences.
There are situations, however, where it’s not necessary to add n, since the noun or pronoun is distinguished from the subject in another way. Examples can be found in the first exercise:—Sur la tero kuŝas ŝtono, On the ground lies a stone. Antaŭ la pordo staras arbo, Before the door stands a tree. Despite their position, "ground" and "door" aren’t the subject, because they are preceded by the words "on," "before," which connect them to the rest of the sentence—it is "on the ground," "before the door." The same applies to other sentences.
The words on, before, and others given [in Lesson 26] are called prepositions (pre = before). The noun or pronoun which follows them can never be the subject of the sentence.
The words on, before, and others mentioned [in Lesson 26] are called prepositions (pre = before). The noun or pronoun that follows them can never be the subject of the sentence.
Remember, then, that
Remember, then, that
N is added to every noun and pronoun, other than the subject, unless it has a preposition before it. [Footnote: (i.). The explanation usually given for the use of final n is, that n is added to nouns and pronouns (a) in the Accusative Case (the direct object), (b) when the preposition is omitted. The explanation given above seems to me, however, to be much simpler. (ii.). Another use of final n is given later [Lesson 12, Lesson 26] ]
N is added to every noun and pronoun, except for the subject, unless there’s a preposition before it. [Footnote: (i.). The common explanation for the use of final n is that n is added to nouns and pronouns (a) in the Accusative Case (the direct object), (b) when the preposition is left out. However, the explanation provided above seems to me to be much simpler. (ii.). Another use of final n is discussed later [Lesson 12, Lesson 26] ]
When the noun takes n, any adjective which belongs to it must also take n, as, Li donas al mi belan ruĝan floron, He gives me a beautiful red flower. Li donas al mi belajn ruĝajn florojn, He gives me beautiful red flowers.
When the noun takes n, any adjective that belongs to it must also take n, as in Li donas al mi belan ruĝan floron, He gives me a beautiful red flower. Li donas al mi belajn ruĝajn florojn, He gives me beautiful red flowers.
letero, letter. litero, letter of alphabet. festo, festival, holiday. tago, day. nokto, night. |
mateno, morning. multaj, many. obstina, obstinate. ĝoja, joyful, joyous. hela, bright, clear. |
amas, loves. vidas, sees. konas, knows. havas, has, possesses. luno, moon. stelo, star. vintro, winter. forno, stove. edzino, wife. |
pala, pale. deziras, desires, wishes. eraras, errs, is wrong. vokas, calls. hejtas, heats. hodiaŭ, to-day. malpli, less. kiam, when. kia, what (kind). |
Mi vidas leonon (leonojn). Mi legas libron (librojn). Mi amas la patron. Mi konas Johanon. La patro ne legas libron, sed li skribas leteron. Mi ne amas obstinajn homojn. Mi deziras al vi bonan tagon, sinjoro. Bonan matenon! Ĝojan feston (mi deziras al vi). Kia ĝoja festo (estas hodiaŭ)! En la tago ni vidas la helan sunon, kaj en la nokto ni vidas la palan lunon kaj la belajn stelojn. Ni havas pli freŝan panon, ol vi. Ne, vi eraras, sinjoro, via pano estas malpli freŝa, ol mia. Ni vokas la knabon, kaj li venos. En la vintro oni hejtas la fornojn. Kiam oni estas riĉa, oni havas multajn amikojn. Li amas min, sed mi lin ne amas. Sinjoro P. kaj lia edzino tre amas miajn infanojn; mi ankaŭ tre amas iliajn (infanojn). Mi ne konas la sinjoron, kiu legas.
Mi vidas leonon (leonojn). Mi legas libron (librojn). Mi amas la patron. Mi konas Johanon. La patro ne legas libron, sed li skribas leteron. Mi ne amas obstinajn homojn. Mi deziras al vi bonan tagon, sinjoro. Bonan matenon! Ĝojan feston (mi deziras al vi). Kia ĝoja festo (estas hodiaŭ)! En la tago ni vidas la helan sunon, kaj en la nokto ni vidas la palan lunon kaj la belajn stelojn. Ni havas pli freŝan panon ol vi. Ne, vi eraras, sinjoro, via pano estas malpli freŝa ol mia. Ni vokas la knabon, kaj li venos. En la vintro oni hejtas la fornojn. Kiam oni estas riĉa, oni havas multajn amikojn. Li amas min, sed mi lin ne amas. Sinjoro P. kaj lia edzino tre amas miajn infanojn; mi ankaŭ tre amas iliajn (infanojn). Mi ne konas la sinjoron, kiu legas.
We have seen already (Lesson 1) that the words which end in -as express the idea of doing (action) or of being (state), and that they assert that this action or state is going on, or is a custom, at the present time, as Mi vidas, I see; Ŝi estas, She is; Ili suferas, They suffer, they are suffering.
We already saw (Lesson 1) that words ending in -as convey the idea of doing (action) or being (state), and they indicate that this action or state is happening right now or is a usual occurrence, like Mi vidas, I see; Ŝi estas, She is; Ili suferas, They suffer, they are suffering.
To say that the action or state took place at some past time, -is is used, as Mi vidis, I saw; Ŝi estis, She was; Ili suferis, They suffered, they were suffering.
To say that the action or state happened at some past time, -is is used, as in Mi vidis, I saw; Ŝi estis, She was; Ili suferis, They suffered, they were suffering.
To say that the action or state will take place at some time to come, in the future, -os is used, as, Mi vidos, I shall see; Ŝi estos, She will be; Ili suferos, They will suffer, they will be suffering.
To indicate that an action or state will happen at a future time, -os is used, as in Mi vidos, I will see; Ŝi estos, She will be; Ili suferos, They will suffer, they will be suffering.
(Words which assert something, or which express the idea of doing or of being, are called Verbs).
(Words that make a statement or express the idea of doing or being are called Actions).
(The root only of the verbs will now be given in the Vocabulary without the termination).
(The roots of the verbs will now be provided in the Vocabulary without the endings).
historio, history. kuzo, cousin. plezuro, pleasure. horloĝo, clock. laboro, work. popolo, a people. virino, woman. aĝo, age. jaro, year. permeso, permission. respond-, answer. far-, do, make. forpel-, drive away. ricev-, receive, get. don-, give. trov-, find. renkont-, meet. salut-, greet, salute. rakont-, relate, tell. vizit-, visit. |
dorm-, sleep. vek-, wake. serĉ-, seek. fin-, end. tim-, fear. ating-, reach to. surda, deaf. muta, dumb. dolĉa, sweet. tri, three. dek-kvin, fifteen. kial, why. hieraŭ, yesterday. morgaŭ, to-morrow. antaŭ, before. post, after. jam, already. jam ne, no more. ankoraŭ, still, yet. |
Kial vi ne respondas al mi? Ĉu vi estas surda aŭ muta? Kion vi faras?
Kial et ne respondas a me? Ĉu vi estas surda aŭ muto? Kion vi faras?
La knabo forpelis la birdojn. De la patro mi ricevis libron, kaj de la frato mi ricevis plumon. La patro donis al mi dolĉan pomon. Jen estas la pomo, kiun mi trovis. Hieraŭ mi renkontis vian filon, kaj li ĝentile salutis min. Antaŭ tri tagoj mi vizitis vian kuzon, kaj mia vizito faris al li plezuron. Kiam mi venis al li, li dormis, sed mi lin vekis.
La knabo forpelas la birdojn. De la patro mi ricevis libron, kaj de la frato mi ricevis plumon. La patro donis al mi dolĉan pomon. Jen estas la pomo, kiun mi trovis. Hieraŭ mi renkontis vian filon, kaj li ĝentile salutis min. Antaŭ tri tagoj mi vizitis vian kuzon, kaj mia vizito faris al li plezuron. Kiam mi venis al li, li dormis, sed mi lin vekis.
Mi rakontos al vi historion. Ĉu vi diros al mi la veron? Hodiaŭ estas sabato, kaj morgaŭ estos dimanĉo. Hieraŭ estis vendredo, kaj postmorgaŭ estos lundo. Ĉu vi jam trovis vian horloĝon? Mi ĝin ankoraŭ ne serĉis; kiam mi finos mian laboron, mi serĉos mian horloĝon, sed mi timas, ke mi ĝin jam ne trovos. Se vi nin venkos, la popolo diros, ke nur virinojn vi venkis. Kiam vi atingos la aĝon de dek-kvin jaroj, vi ricevos la permeson.
I'm going to tell you a story. Will you tell me the truth? Today is Saturday, and tomorrow will be Sunday. Yesterday was Friday, and the day after tomorrow will be Monday. Have you found your watch yet? I haven't looked for it yet; when I finish my work, I will look for my watch, but I'm afraid I might not find it anymore. If you defeat us, the people will say that you only defeated women. When you turn fifteen, you will receive permission.
Confusion is apt to occur in English in the use of the words him, her, it, them; his, hers, its, their, e.g., "John loves his brother and his children." Whose children, John's or his brother's? "The boys brought to their fathers their hats." Whose hats, the boys' or their fathers'? "She gave her sister her book." Whose book? Her own or her sister's?
Confusion often happens in English with the words him, her, it, them; his, hers, its, their, for example, "John loves his brother and his children." Whose children are those, John's or his brother's? "The boys brought their hats to their fathers." Whose hats are they, the boys' or their fathers'? "She gave her sister her book." Whose book is it? Her own or her sister's?
This confusion is avoided in Esperanto by the use of, the pronoun si (sin), meaning himself, herself, itself, themselves, and sia, meaning his own, her own, its own, their own.
This confusion is avoided in Esperanto by using the pronoun si (sin), which means himself, herself, itself, themselves, and sia, meaning his own, her own, its own, their own.
Si (sin, sia) refers to the subject of the sentence in which it occurs; therefore in the sentence "John loves his brother and his son," it must be "Johano amas sian fraton kaj sian filon" if it is his own (John's) son, because John is the subject, but we must say "lian filon" if the brother's son is meant. "La knaboj alportis al siaj patroj siajn ĉapelojn" means "The boys brought to their fathers their own (the boys') hats," because "boys" is the subject, but if we mean "the fathers' hats" it must be "iliajn ĉapelojn."
Si (sin, sia) refers to the subject of the sentence it appears in; therefore in the sentence "John loves his brother and his son," it must be "Johano amas sian fraton kaj sian filon" if it is his own (John's) son, because John is the subject, but we must say "lian filon" if we mean the brother's son. "La knaboj alportis al siaj patroj siajn ĉapelojn" means "The boys brought to their fathers their own (the boys') hats," because "boys" is the subject, but if we mean "the fathers' hats," it has to be "iliajn ĉapelojn."
"She gave to her sister her book" must be "Ŝi donis al sia fratino sian libron" if it were her own book, but "Ŝi donis al sia fratino ŝian libron" if it were her sister's book. "Li diris al si..." means "He said to himself," but "Li diris al li" means that he said it to another person.
"She gave her sister her book" must be "Ŝi donis al sia fratino sian libron" if it were her own book, but "Ŝi donis al sia fratino ŝian libron" if it were her sister's book. "Li diris al si..." means "He said to himself," but "Li diris al li" means that he said it to another person."
"Si," "sia," can only refer to the subject, it cannot be the subject itself or any part of it; therefore we must say "Sinjoro P. kaj lia edzino tre amas miajn infanojn," because the subject is "Sinjoro P. kaj lia edzino."
"If," "that," can only refer to the subject; it can't be the subject itself or any part of it. So we have to say "Mr. P. and his wife love my children very much," because the subject is "Mr. P. and his wife."
"Mem," self, is only used for emphasis, e.g., "Mi mem," my (own) self.
"Mem," self, is only used for emphasis, e.g.," "Mi mem," my (own) self.
gasto, guest. vespero, evening. manĝo, meal. pupo, doll. aventuro, adventure. palaco, palace. zorg-, take care of. gard-, guard. am-, love. akompan-, accompany. lav-, wash. |
montr-, show. fleg-, tend, take care of re-ven-, come back. pri, concerning, about. ĝis, until, as far as. tute, quite, wholly. tute ne, not at all. kun, with. el, out of. el-ir-, go out of. |
Mi amas min mem, vi amas vin mem, li amas sin mem kaj ĉiu homo amas sin mem. Mi zorgas pri ŝi tiel, kiel mi zorgas pri mi mem, sed ŝi mem tute ne zorgas pri si, kaj tute sin ne gardas. Miaj fratoj havis hodiaŭ gastojn; post la vespermanĝo niaj fratoj eliris kun la gastoj el sia domo kaj akompanis ilin ĝis ilia domo. Mi lavis min en mia ĉambro, kaj ŝi lavis sin en sia ĉambro. La infano serĉis sian pupon; mi montris al la infano, kie kuŝas ĝia pupo. [Footnote: Notice the use of the present "kuŝas," lies, after the past "montris," showed, because at the time the action of "showing" took place the action of "lying" was then actually going on.]
Mi amas min mem, vi amas vin mem, li amas sin mem, kaj ĉiu homo amas sin mem. Mi zorgas pri ŝi tiel, kiel mi zorgas pri mi mem, sed ŝi mem tute ne zorgas pri si, kaj tute ne gardas sin. Miaj fratoj havis hodiaŭ gastojn; post la vespermanĝo niaj fratoj eliris kun la gastoj el sia domo kaj akompanis ilin ĝis ilia domo. Mi lavis min en mia ĉambro, kaj ŝi lavis sin en sia ĉambro. La infano serĉis sian pupon; mi montris al la infano, kie kuŝas ĝia pupo. [Footnote: Notice the use of the present "kuŝas," lies, after the past "montris," showed, because at the time the action of "showing" took place the action of "lying" was then actually going on.]
Ŝi rakontis al li sian aventuron. Ŝi revenis al la palaco de sia patro. Siajn florojn ŝi ne flegis. Mia frato diris al Stefano, ke li amas lin pli, ol sin mem.
Ŝi rakontis al li sian aventuron. Ŝi revenis al la palaco de sia patro. Siajn florojn ŝi ne prizorgis. Mia frato diris al Stefano, ke li amas lin pli ol sin mem.
unu, 1 du, 2 tri, 3 |
kvar, 4 kvin, 5 ses, 6 |
sep, 7 ok, 8 naŭ, 9 |
dek, 10 cent, 100 mil, 1,000 |
The numbers above 10 are written and read exactly as they are set down in figures:—11, dek unu; 12, dek du; 13, dek tri; 19, dek naŭ. The "tens" are written as one word, 20, dudek; 30, tridek; 90, naŭdek; 23, dudek tri; 47, kvardek sep; 85, okdek kvin; 136, cent tridek ses; 208, ducent (as one word) ok; 359, tricent kvindek naŭ; 1,001, mil unu; 2,877, dumil okcent sepdek sep; 1907, mil naŭcent sep.
The numbers above 10 are written and read exactly as they are shown in figures:—11, dek unu; 12, dek du; 13, dek tri; 19, dek naŭ. The "tens" are written as one word, 20, dudek; 30, tridek; 90, naŭdek; 23, dudek tri; 47, kvardek sep; 85, okdek kvin; 136, cent tridek ses; 208, ducent (as one word) ok; 359, tricent kvindek naŭ; 1,001, mil unu; 2,877, dumil okcent sepdek sep; 1907, mil naŭcent sep.
Notice that there is a separate word for each figure except 0, nulo.
Notice that there's a different word for each number except 0, which is nulo.
buŝo, mouth. orelo, ear. fingro, finger. horo, hour. minuto, minute. sekundo, second. monato, month. semajno, week. dato, date (of month, etc.). pov-, can, be able. promen-, take a walk. konsist-, consist. elekt-, choose, elect. forges-, forget. |
kre-, create. estu, should be. facile, easily. sankta, holy. unuj, some. alia, other. ĉio, everything, all. multe, much, many. per, by means of, through, with. nur, only. malbona, bad. Kristnaska Tago, Christmas Day. |
Januaro, January. Februaro, February. Marto, March. Aprilo, April. Majo, May. Junio, June. |
Julio, July. Aŭgusto, August. Septembro, September. Oktobro, October. Novembro, November. Decembro, December. |
Du homoj povas pli multe fari, ol unu. Mi havas nur unu buŝon, sed mi havas du orelojn. Li promenas kun tri hundoj. Li faris ĉion per la dek fingroj de siaj manoj. El ŝiaj multaj infanoj unuj estas bonaj kaj aliaj malbonaj. Kvin kaj sep faras dek du. Dek kaj dek faras dudek. Kvar kaj dek ok faras dudek du. Tridek kaj kvardek kvin faras sepdek kvin. Mil okcent naŭdek tri. Li havas dek unu infanojn. Sesdek minutoj faras unu horon, kaj unu minuto konsistas el sesdek sekundoj.
Two people can do more than one. I have only one mouth, but I have two ears. He walks with three dogs. He did everything with the ten fingers of his hands. Out of her many children, some are good and others are bad. Five and seven make twelve. Ten and ten make twenty. Four and eighteen make twenty-two. Thirty and forty-five make seventy-five. One thousand eight hundred ninety-three. He has eleven children. Sixty minutes make one hour, and one minute consists of sixty seconds.
The Ordinal Numbers, first, second, etc., are formed by adding a to the Cardinal Numbers, as unua, first; dua, second; tria, third; kvara, fourth; deka, tenth; centa, hundredth; mila, thousandth. The compound numbers are joined together by hyphens, and a is added to the last, as dek-unua, eleventh; la tridek-naŭa paĝo, the thirty-ninth page; la cent-kvardek-kvina psalmo, the 145th psalm. Being adjectives, the Ordinal Numbers take the plural j and accusative n when necessary.
The Ordinal Numbers, like first, second, etc., are created by adding a to the Cardinal Numbers, such as unua, first; dua, second; tria, third; kvara, fourth; deka, tenth; centa, hundredth; mila, thousandth. Compound numbers are connected with hyphens, and a is added to the last one, like dek-unua, eleventh; la tridek-naŭa paĝo, the thirty-ninth page; la cent-kvardek-kvina psalmo, the 145th psalm. As adjectives, the Ordinal Numbers use the plural j and the accusative n when needed.
The Ordinals are used to tell the hour, as Estas la trio, horo, It is 3 o'clock. The Cardinal Numbers are used for the minutes, as "A quarter past three" is "La tria horo kaj dek-kvin"; "Ten minutes to five," "La kvara horo kaj kvindek."
The Ordinals are used to tell the hour, as Estas la trio, horo, which means it is 3 o'clock. The Cardinal Numbers are used for the minutes, so "A quarter past three" is "La tria horo kaj dek-kvin"; "Ten minutes to five" is "La kvara horo kaj kvindek."
Januaro estas la unua monato de la jaro, Aprilo estas la kvara, Novembro estas la dek-unua, kaj Decembro estas la dek-dua. La dudeka (tago) de Februaro estas la kvindek-unua tago de la jaro. La sepan tagon de la semajno Dio elektis, ke ĝi estu pli sankta, ol la ses unuaj tagoj. Kion Dio kreis en la sesa tago? Kiun daton ni havas hodiaŭ? Hodiaŭ estas la dudek-sepa (tago) de Marto. Kristnaska Tago estas la dudek-kvina (tago) de Decembro, Novjara Tago estas la unua de Januaro. Oni ne forgesas facile sian unuan amon.
Januaro is the first month of the year, Aprilo is the fourth, Novembro is the eleventh, and Decembro is the twelfth. The twentieth (day) of Februaro is the fifty-first day of the year. God chose the seventh day of the week to be more sacred than the first six days. What did God create on the sixth day? What date do we have today? Today is the twenty-seventh (day) of Marto. Christmas Day is the fifteenth (day) of Decembro, New Year's Day is the first of Januaro. One does not easily forget their first love.
The names of certain quantities are formed from the cardinal numbers by adding "o," as dekduo, a dozen; dudeko, a score; cento, a hundred; milo, a thousand. These names, as well as names of quantities generally, require to be followed by "da," of, as dekduo da birdoj, a dozen (of) birds, but dekdu birdoj, twelve birds; dudeko da pomoj, a score of apples; cento da ŝafoj, or cent ŝafoj, a hundred sheep; milo da homoj, a thousand people; miloj da homoj, thousands of people.
The names of certain quantities are created from the cardinal numbers by adding "o," like dekduo, meaning a dozen; dudeko, meaning a score; cento, meaning a hundred; milo, meaning a thousand. These names, along with names of quantities in general, need to be followed by "da," which means "of," as in dekduo da birdoj, meaning a dozen (of) birds, but dekdu birdoj, which means twelve birds; dudeko da pomoj, meaning a score of apples; cento da ŝafoj, or cent ŝafoj, meaning a hundred sheep; milo da homoj, meaning a thousand people; miloj da homoj, meaning thousands of people.
When these expressions form the object of the verb, it is the name of the number which takes -n, not the noun which follows da, as Li aĉetis dudekon da ŝafoj, He bought a score of sheep.
When these expressions are the object of the verb, it's the name of the number that takes -n, not the noun that follows da, as in Li aĉetis dudekon da ŝafoj, He bought a score of sheep.
For firstly, secondly, etc., -e is added to the number, as unue, firstly; kvine, fifthly; deke, tenthly. (See Lesson 12).
For firstly, secondly, etc., -e is added to the number, like unue, firstly; kvine, fifthly; deke, tenthly. (See Lesson 12).
urbo, town. loĝanto, inhabitant. kulero, spoon. forko, fork. mono, money. prunto, loan. metro, metre. ŝtofo, stuff. franko, franc (about 10d.). atakanto, assailant. pago, payment. miliono, a million. prunt-, lend. |
aĉet-, buy. dank-, thank. pet-, beg, request. bezon-, want, need. kost-, cost. poste, afterwards. tiu ĉi, this. por, for. re-, prefix, meaning again or back. tial, therefore. aŭ, or. da, of (after a quantity). |
Mi havas cent pomojn. Mi havas centon da pomoj. Tiu ĉi urbo havas milionon da loĝantoj. Mi aĉetis dekduon da kuleroj, kaj du dekduojn da forkoj. Mil jaroj (aŭ, milo da jaroj) faras miljaron.
Mi havas cent pomojn. Mi havas cent pomojn. Tiu ĉi urbo havas milionon da loĝantoj. Mi aĉetis dek du kulerojn, kaj du dek du forkojn. Mil jaroj (aŭ mil jarojn) faras miljaron.
Unue mi redonas al vi la monon, kiun vi pruntis al mi; due mi dankas vin por la prunto; trie mi petas vin ankaŭ poste prunti al mi, kiam mi bezonos monon.
Unue, mi redonos al vi la monon, kiun vi pruntis al mi; due, mi dankas vin pro la prunto; trie, mi petas vin ankaŭ poste prunti al mi, kiam mi bezonos monon.
To express a certain part or fraction, "-on-" is added to the number specifying what part, as 1/2, unu duono; 1/3, unu triono; 1/4, unu kvarono; 1/10, unu dekono; 1/1000 unu milono; 1/1000000, unu milionono. These words, being nouns, take "j" and "n" when required—3/10, tri dekonoj; 27/200, dudek-sep ducentonoj; 19/1000, deknaŭ milonoj. Mi manĝis tri kvaronojn de la kuko, I ate three-quarters of the cake (see Lesson 35).
To express a certain part or fraction, "-on-" is added to the number specifying what part, like 1/2, unu duono; 1/3, unu triono; 1/4, unu kvarono; 1/10, unu dekono; 1/1000, unu milono; 1/1000000, unu milionono. These words, serving as nouns, take "j" and "n" when necessary—3/10, tri dekonoj; 27/200, dudek-sep ducentonoj; 19/1000, deknaŭ milonoj. Mi manĝis tri kvaronojn de la kuko, I ate three-quarters of the cake (see Lesson 35).
To express so many times a number -obl- is added to the number, as duobla, double; dekoble, ten times; trioble kvar estas (or faras) dekdu, three times four are twelve; sepoble ok faras kvindek ses, seven times eight make fifty-six.
To say a number multiple times, a suffix -obl- is added to it, like duobla, which means double; dekoble, meaning ten times; trioble kvar estas (or faras) dekdu, which means three times four is twelve; and sepoble ok faras kvindek ses, meaning seven times eight equals fifty-six.
To express by twos, by tens, etc., -op- is added to the number, as duope, by twos, or two together; dekope, by tens; kvindekope, by fifties, fifty together, or fifty at a time.
To say by twos, by tens, and so on, -op- is added to the number, like duope, meaning by twos, or two together; dekope, meaning by tens; kvindekope, meaning by fifties, or fifty together, or fifty at a time.
Tri estas duono de ses, ok estas kvar kvinonoj de dek. Kvar metroj da tiu ĉi ŝtofo kostas naŭ frankojn, tial du metroj kostas kvar kaj duonon frankojn (aŭ da frankoj). Unu tago estas tricent-sesdek-kvinono, aŭ tricent-sesdek-sesono de jaro.
Tri estas duono de ses, ok estas kvar kvinonoj de dek. Kvar metroj da tiu ĉi ŝtofo kostas naŭ frankojn, tial du metroj kostas kvar kaj duonon frankojn (aŭ da frankoj). Unu tago estas tricent-sesdek-kvinono, aŭ tricent-sesdek-sesono de jaro.
Kvinoble sep estas tridek kvin. Por ĉiu tago mi ricevas kvin frankojn, sed por la hodiaŭa tago mi ricevis duoblan pagon, t.e. (= tio estas) dek frankojn.
Kvinoble sep estas tridek kvin. Por ĉiu tago mi ricevas kvin frankojn, sed por hodiaŭ mi ricevis duoblan pagon, t.e. (= tio estas) dek frankojn.
Tiuj ĉi du amikoj promenas ĉiam duope. Kvinope ili sin ĵetis sur min, sed mi venkis ĉiujn kvin atakantojn.
Tiuj ĉi du amikoj ĉiam promenas duone. Ili sin ĵetis sur mi en grupo de kvin, sed mi venkis ĉiujn kvin atakantojn.
In the examples already given the verbs ending in -as, -is, -os express action or being (state) going on in present, past, or future time, as Mi skribas, I am writing; Li legis, He read; Ni iros, We shall go.
In the examples provided, the verbs ending in -as, -is, and -os indicate action or being (state) occurring in the present, past, or future, like Mi skribas, I am writing; Li legis, He read; Ni iros, We will go.
If we wish merely to express the idea of action or state indefinitely, without reference to any time or any subject, the verb must end in -i, as Vivi, To live; Mi deziras lerni, I wish to learn; Ni devas labori, We must work.
If we just want to express the idea of action or state in a general way, without referring to any specific time or subject, the verb should end in -i, like Vivi, To live; Mi deziras lerni, I want to learn; Ni devas labori, We have to work.
(This is called the Indefinite or Infinitive Mood (manner of expression), because not limited by reference to time or subject).
(This is called the Uncertain or Infinitive Mood (way of expressing), because it isn't restricted by time or subject).
To give an order or command, or to express will, desire, purpose, etc., the verb must end in u, as Donu al mi panon, Give (to) me bread; Iru for, Go away; Estu feliĉa, May you be happy! Vivu la reĝo! (Long) live the king!
To give an order or command, or to express want, desire, intent, etc., the verb must end in u, as in Donu al mi panon, Give me bread; Iru for, Go away; Estu feliĉa, May you be happy! Vivu la reĝo! (Long) live the king!
In such cases as Tell him to come, I want you to sing, Allow her to speak, we have to use a second sentence with the verb ending in "u," and beginning with "ke," that, as Diru al li, ke li venu, Tell (say to) him, that he come; Mi deziras, ke vi kantu, I wish, that you sing; Permesu al ŝi, ke ŝi parolu, Allow her, that she speak. Sentences like the last are often contracted, only the last subject and verb being used, as Ŝi parolu, Let her speak; Ĝi kuŝu, Let it lie; Ni iru, Let us go; Ili dormu, Let them sleep. Ĉu vi volas ke mi tion faru? Do you wish me to do that? Ĉu mi tion faru? Shall I do that?
In cases like "Tell him to come", "I want you to sing", and "Allow her to speak", we need to use a second sentence with the verb ending in "u" and starting with "ke". For example, Diru al li, ke li venu means "Tell (say to) him, that he come"; Mi deziras, ke vi kantu means "I wish, that you sing"; Permesu al ŝi, ke ŝi parolu means "Allow her, that she speak". Sentences like the last are often shortened, using only the last subject and verb, like Ŝi parolu ("Let her speak"); Ĝi kuŝu ("Let it lie"); Ni iru ("Let us go"); Ili dormu ("Let them sleep"). Ĉu vi volas ke mi tion faru? means "Do you wish me to do that?" Ĉu mi tion faru? means "Shall I do that?"
nomo, name. vesto, coat, clothing. kandelo, candle. dometo, cottage. akvo, water. spegulo, looking-glass. est-, be. tuŝ-, touch. aŭskult-, listen. pardon-, pardon. uz-, use. ordon-, order. babil-, chatter. send-, send. trink-, drink. vol-, will, wish. bat-, beat. kuraĝ-, have courage |
rajd-, ride. las-, let, leave. kur-, run. parol-, speak. viv-, live, have life. rest-, rest, remain. honesta, honest. inda, worthy. atenta, attentive. kara, dear. gaja, gay, cheerful. tia, such. longa, long. sincera, sincere. for, away, forth. forte, strongly. sole, alone. |
Donu al la birdoj akvon, ĉar ili volas trinki. Aleksandro ne volas lerni, kaj tial mi batas Aleksandron. Kiu kuraĝas rajdi sur leono? Mi volis lin bati, sed li forkuris de mi.
Don’t give the birds water because they want to drink. Alexander doesn’t want to learn, so I hit Alexander. Who dares to ride a lion? I wanted to hit him, but he ran away from me.
Al leono ne donu la manon. Rakontu al mia juna amiko belan historion. Diru al la patro, ke mi estas diligenta. Diru al mi vian nomon. Ne skribu al mi tiajn longajn leterojn. Montru al mi vian novan veston. Infano, ne tuŝu la spegulon. Karaj infanoj, estu ĉiam honestaj. Ne aŭskultu lin.
Al leono ne donu la manon. Rakontu al mia juna amiko belan historion. Diru al la patro, ke mi estas diligenta. Diru al mi vian nomon. Ne skribu al mi tiajn longajn leterojn. Montru al mi vian novan veston. Infano, ne tuŝu la spegulon. Karaj infanoj, estu ĉiam honestaj. Ne aŭskultu lin.
Li diras, ke mi estas atenta. Li petas, ke mi estu atenta. Ordonu al li, ke li ne babilu. Petu lin, ke li sendu al mi kandelon. La dometo estas inda, ke vi ĝin aĉetu. Ŝi forte deziris, ke li restu viva.
Li says that I'm attentive. He asks me to be attentive. Order him not to chat. Ask him to send me a candle. The little house is worth buying. She strongly wished that he would stay alive.
Li venu, kaj mi pardonos al li. Ni estu gajaj, ni uzu bone la vivon, ĉar la vivo ne estas longa. Li ne venu sole, sed alvenu kun sia plej bona amiko. Mi jam havas mian ĉapelon; nun serĉu vi vian.
Li came, and I will forgive him. Let's be cheerful, let's make the most of life, because life isn't long. He didn't come alone, but arrived with his best friend. I already have my hat; now you look for yours.
Sometimes we want to express a supposition, to say that something would take place, supposing that something else, which is not likely to occur, were to do so, or that something would have taken place if something else which did not occur had done so. In this case the verb must end with -us, as, If I were well (which I am not) I should be happy (which also I am not), Se mi estus sana, mi estus feliĉa. If he knew (supposition) that I am here (a fact) he would immediately come to me (supposition), Se li scius, ke mi estas tie ĉi, li tuj venus al mi. Compare the two following sentences:— (i.). Kvankam vi estas riĉa, mi dubas, ĉu vi estas feliĉa, Though you are (in fact) rich, I doubt whether you are (in fact) happy, (ii.). Kvankam vi estus riĉa, mi dubas, ĉu, vi estus feliĉa, Though (supposing that) you were rich, I doubt whether you would be happy.
Sometimes we want to express a supposition, to say that something would happen if something else, which is unlikely to happen, were to occur, or that something would have happened if something else that didn’t happen had actually happened. In this case, the verb must end with -us, as in, If I were well (which I am not), I would be happy (which I'm also not), Se mi estus sana, mi estus feliĉa. If he knew (supposition) that I am here (a fact), he would immediately come to me (supposition), Se li scius, ke mi estas tie ĉi, li tuj venus al mi. Compare the two following sentences:— (i.). Kvankam vi estas riĉa, mi dubas, ĉu vi estas feliĉa, Though you are (in fact) rich, I doubt whether you are (in fact) happy, (ii.). Kvankam vi estus riĉa, mi dubas, ĉu, vi estus feliĉa, Though (supposing that) you were rich, I doubt whether you would be happy.
lernanto, pupil. leciono, lesson. instruanto, teacher, sci-, know. pun-, punish. estim-, esteem. lev-, lift, raise. ten-, hold, keep. |
pen-, endeavour. imit-, imitate, kvazaŭ, as if. io, something. efektive, really. supren, upwards. kvankam, though. se, if. |
Se la lernanto scius bone sian lecionon, la instruanto lin ne punus. Se vi scius, kiu li estas, vi lin pli estimus. Ili levis unu manon supren, kvazaŭ ili ion tenus. Se mi efektive estus bela, aliaj penus min imiti. Ho! se mi jam havus la aĝon de dekkvin jaroj!
Se la lernanto scius bone sian lecionon, la instruanto lin ne punus. Se vi scius, kiu li estas, vi lin pli estimus. Ili levis unu manon supren, kvazaŭ ili ion tenus. Se mi efektive estus bela, aliaj penus min imiti. Ho! se mi jam havus la aĝon de dekkvin jaroj!
When we tell of someone doing a certain action we often want to allude to some circumstance concerning that action, such as the time, or place, or manner in which it was done, that is, when, or where, or how it was done.
When we talk about someone doing a specific action, we often want to hint at some details related to that action, like when it happened, where it took place, or how it was done.
In the sentences—Yesterday I met your son, Hieraŭ mi renkontis vian filon; He will go in the evening, Li iros vespere; They sat there, Ili sidis tie; She will remain at home, Ŝi restos hejme; Good children learn diligently, Bonaj infanoj lernas diligente; I will do it with pleasure, Mi faros ĝin plezure, the words hieraŭ, vespere, show the time, tie, hejme, show the place, and diligente, plezure, show the manner of the action.
In the sentences—Yesterday I met your son, Hieraŭ mi renkontis vian filon; He will go in the evening, Li iros vespere; They sat there, Ili sidis tie; She will remain at home, Ŝi restos hejme; Good children learn diligently, Bonaj infanoj lernas diligente; I will do it with pleasure, Mi faros ĝin pleasure, the words hieraŭ, vespere indicate the time, tie, hejme indicate the place, and diligente, pleasure indicate the manner of the action.
(Because these words relate to the verb they are called Adverbs).
(Because these words relate to the verb, they're called Adverbs).
Adverbs may be formed from any word whose sense admits of it, and especially from adjectives, by means of the termination e, as bona, good, bone, well; antaŭ before, antaŭe, previously or formerly; mateno, morning, matene, in the morning; sekvi, to follow, sekve, consequently.
Adverbs can be created from any word that makes sense, particularly from adjectives, by adding the suffix e, like bona, good, bone, well; antaŭ before, antaŭe, previously or formerly; mateno, morning, matene, in the morning; sekvi, to follow, sekve, consequently.
When we want the adverb to show "direction towards" any place, time, etc., either actually or figuratively, n is added, as Li alkuris hejmen, He ran home. Ili levis unu manon supren, They raised one hand upwards. Antaŭen! Forward! (n is also added to nouns to show direction towards. Li eniris en la domon, He entered into the house).
When we want the adverb to indicate "direction towards" a place, time, etc., either literally or figuratively, we add n, like in Li alkuris hejmen, He ran home. Ili levis unu manon supren, They raised one hand upwards. Antaŭen! (You can also add n to nouns to show direction towards something. Li eniris en la domon, He entered the house).
Some adverbs are used with adjectives and other adverbs to show the degree of the quality, quantity, etc., as The paper is very white, La papero estas tre blanka. Too much speaking tires him, La tro multa parolado lacigas lin. I am as strong as you, Mi estas tiel forta, kiel vi (estas forta). He came very early, Li venis tre frue.
Some adverbs are used with adjectives and other adverbs to show the degree of the quality, quantity, etc., as in "The paper is very white," La papero estas tre blanka. "Too much speaking tires him," La tro multa parolado lacigas lin. "I am as strong as you," Mi estas tiel forta, kiel vi (estas forta). "He came very early," Li venis tre frue.
The following words are in themselves adverbs, and need no special ending:—
The following words are adverbs on their own and don’t need any special endings:—
hodiaŭ, to-day. hieraŭ, yesterday. morgaŭ, to-morrow. baldaŭ, soon. ankoraŭ, yet. jam, already. ĵus, just (time). nun, now. tuj, immediately. denove, again, anew. ĉi, denotes proximity. jen, here, there, lo, behold. for, away, forth. pli, more. plej, most. plu, further. tre, very. |
tro, too. tute, quite. nur, only. nepre, surely, without fail. preskaŭ, nearly. apenaŭ, scarcely. almenaŭ, at least. ambaŭ, both. ankaŭ, also. ne, not. jes, yes. ja, indeed. eĉ, even. ĉu, whether, asks a question. ju ... des, the more...the more. |
Comparisons are made with—
Comparisons are made with—
pli...ol, more than: Lakto estas pli nutra ol vino, Milk is more nutritious than wine.
pli...ol, more than: Milk is more nutritious than wine.
malpli...ol, less than: Vino estas malpli nutra ol lakto, Wine is less nutritious than milk.
less than: Wine is less nutritious than milk.
la plej, the most,
la malplej, the least: El ĉiuj liaj amikoj Johano
estas la plej saĝa, kaj Georgo la malplej saĝa, Of
all his friends John is the wisest, and George the least
wise.
la plej, the most,
la malplej, the least: Out of all his friends, John is the wisest, and George is the least wise.
Ju pli...des pli, the more...the more: Ju pli li lernas, des pli li deziras lerni, The more he learns, the more he wishes to learn.
The more...the more: The more he learns, the more he wants to learn.
Ju malpli...des malpli, the less...the less: Ju malpli li laboras, des malpli li ricevas, The less he works, the less he gets.
Ju malpli...des malpli, the less...the less: Ju malpli li laboras, des malpli li ricevas, The less he works, the less he gets.
Ju pli...des malpli, the more...the less: Ju pli li fariĝas granda, des malpli li estas forta, The taller he becomes, the less strong he is.
Ju pli...des malpli, the more...the less: Ju pli li fariĝas granda, des malpli li estas forta, The taller he gets, the less strong he is.
Ju malpli...des pli, the less...the more: Ju malpli li pensas, des pli li parolas, The less he thinks, the more he talks.
Ju malpli...des pli, the less...the more: The less he thinks, the more he talks.
For comparisons of equality, as...as, so...as, see Lesson 20.
For comparisons of equality, such as...as, so...as, check out Lesson 20.
pordo, door. kontrakto, contract. pastro, pastor, priest. fero, iron. bastono, stick (rod). stacio, station. stacidomo, station. hejmo, home. furio, fury. ŝipano, sailor. kolero, anger. honesto, honesty. danĝero, danger. koro, heart. oficisto, an official. reĝo, king. balo, ball, dance. humoro, humour. tempo, time. sinjorino, lady, Mrs. ferm-, shut. |
sav-, save. daŭr-, last, continue. tranĉ-, cut. ekrigard-, glance. flu-, flow. ag-, act (do). loĝ-, live, lodge. brul-, burn (as a fire). vetur-, ride (in a vehicle). aper-, appear. postul-, require, demand. pendig-, hang (something) mort-, die. malsana, ill. varma, warm. varmega, hot. frua, early. plue, further. returne, back. ĉar, because, whereas. |
Resti kun leono estas danĝere. La tranĉilo tranĉas bone, ĉar ĝi estas akra. Iru pli rapide. Li fermis kolere la pordon. Lia parolo fluas dolĉe kaj agrable. Ni faris la kontrakton ne skribe, sed parole. Honesta homo agas honeste. La pastro, kiu mortis antaŭ nelonge (antaŭ ne longa tempo), loĝis longe en nia urbo. Ĉu vi ĝin ne ricevis returne? Li estas morte malsana. La fera bastono, kiu kuŝis en la forno, estas brule varmega. Parizo estas tre gaja. Matene frue ŝi alveturis [Footnote: See Lesson 27.] al la stacidomo.
Resting with a lion is dangerous. The knife cuts well because it’s sharp. Move faster. He angrily shut the door. His speech flows sweetly and pleasantly. We made the contract verbally, not in writing. An honest person acts honestly. The priest, who recently passed away, lived in our town for a long time. Didn’t you get it back? He is fatally ill. The iron rod that was lying in the oven is burning hot. Paris is very cheerful. Early in the morning, she arrived at the train station. [Footnote: See Lesson 27.]
Pardonu al mi, ke mi restis tiel longe. Lia kolero longe daŭris. Li estas hodiaŭ en kolera humoro. La reĝo baldaŭ denove sendis alian bonkoran oficiston. Hodiaŭ vespere ni havos balon. Kie vi estas? For de tie-ĉi!
Pardon me for being gone so long. His anger lasted a long time. He's in a bad mood today. The king soon sent another kind official. We're having a ball tonight. Where are you? Get away from here!
Kien li forveturis? Ŝi kuris hejmen. Ni iris antaŭen, kiel furioj. Ĉio estis bona, kaj ni veturis pluen. La sinjorino ekrigardis returnen. La ŝipanoj postulis, ke oni iru returnen. Mi ĝin pendigis tien ĉi, ĉar ĝi savis mian vivon. Mi neniam sendis tien ĉi.
Kien li forveturis? Ŝi kuris hejme. Ni iris antaŭen, kiel furioj. Ĉio estis bona, kaj ni veturis pluen. La sinjorino ekrigardis returnen. La ŝipanoj postulis, ke oni iru returnen. Mi ĝin pendigis tien ĉi, ĉar ĝi savis mian vivon. Mi neniam sendis tien ĉi.
In Esperanto certain syllables which have a definite meaning are placed at the beginning (prefixes) or end (suffixes) of words to alter in some way the meaning of those words.
In Esperanto, specific syllables that have a clear meaning are added to the beginning (prefixes) or the end (suffixes) of words to change the meaning of those words in some way.
The prefix mal- gives an exactly opposite meaning to the word to which it is prefixed, as dekstra, right (hand); maldekstra, left (hand); nova, new; malnova, old; helpi, to help, malhelpi, to hinder; fermi, to shut, malfermi, to open.
The prefix mal- creates an exact opposite meaning for the word it’s attached to, like dekstra, right (hand); maldekstra, left (hand); nova, new; malnova, old; helpi, to help; malhelpi, to hinder; fermi, to shut; malfermi, to open.
The suffix -in- denotes the female sex. From viro, [Footnote: The word homo previously given (Lesson 2) signifies a human being, a person, without reference to sex; viro means a man as distinguished from a woman.] a man, we get virino, a woman; filo, son, filino, daughter; ĉevalo, a horse, ĉevalino, a mare; koko, a cock, kokino, a hen.
The suffix -in- indicates the female gender. From viro, [Footnote: The word homo mentioned earlier (Lesson 2) means a human being or a person, regardless of gender; viro refers specifically to a man as opposed to a woman.] a man, we get virino, a woman; filo, son, filino, daughter; ĉevalo, a horse, ĉevalino, a mare; koko, a rooster, kokino, a hen.
kresko, growth. haro, hair (substance). haroj, hair (of head). nazo, nose. vojo, road. viro, man. edzo, husband, nepo, grandson. nevo, nephew. bovo, ox. vidvo, widower, fianĉo, fiancé. nenio, nothing. turment-, torment. sent-, feel. ben-, bless. estim-, have esteem for. |
ferm-, shut. help-, help. fariĝ-, become. dekstra, right (hand). meza, middle, medium. dika, thick, stout. mola, soft. luma, light (luminous). nobla, noble (character). rekta, straight. kurba, curved. feliĉa, happy. naskita, born. fermita, shut. eĉ, even. longe, for a long time. denove, anew, again. |
Mia frato ne estas granda, sed li ne estas malgranda, li estas de meza kresko. Haro estas tre maldika. La nokto estas tiel malluma, ke ni nenion povas vidi eĉ antaŭ nia nazo. Tiu ĉi malfreŝa pano estas malmola, kiel ŝtono. Malbonaj infanoj amas turmenti bestojn. Li sentis sin tiel malfeliĉa, ke li malbenis la tagon, en kiu li estis naskita. Ni forte malestimas tiun ĉi malnoblan homon. La fenestro longe estis nefermita; mi ĝin fermis, sed mia frato tuj ĝin denove malfermis. Rekta vojo estas pli mallonga, ol kurba. Ne estu maldanka.
Mia's brother isn't tall, but he's not short either; he's of average height. His hair is very thin. The night is so dark that we can't see anything, not even in front of our noses. This stale bread is hard as a rock. Bad kids love to torment animals. He felt so miserable that he cursed the day he was born. We really dislike that wicked man. The window had been open for a long time; I closed it, but my brother opened it again right away. A straight path is shorter than a curved one. Don't be so gloomy.
La edzino de mia patro estas mia patrino, kaj la avino de miaj infanoj. Mia fratino estas tre bela knabino. Mia onklino estas tre bona virino. Mi vidis vian avinon kun ŝiaj kvar nepinoj, kaj kun mia nevino. Mi havas bovon kaj bovinon. La juna vidvino fariĝis denove fianĉino.
La edzino de mia patro estas mia patrino, kaj la avino de miaj infanoj. Mia fratino estas tre bela knabino. Mia onklino estas tre bona virino. Mi vidis vian avinon kun ŝiaj kvar nepinoj kaj kun mia nevino. Mi havas bovon kaj bovinon. La juna vidvino fariĝis denove fianĉino.
The prefixes re- and ek- and the suffix -ad- are attached to verbs.
The prefixes re- and ek- and the suffix -ad- are added to verbs.
Re- has nearly the same meaning as in English, back or again, as re-pagi, to pay back; re-porti, to carry back; re-ĵeti, to throw back; re-salti, to rebound; re-kanti to sing again; re-legi, to read over again.
Re- has almost the same meaning as in English, back or again, as in re-pagi, to pay back; re-porti, to carry back; re-ĵeti, to throw back; re-salti, to rebound; re-kanti, to sing again; re-legi, to read over again.
-ad- denotes the continuance or continued repetition of an action; it means goes on doing, or keeps on doing, or is in the habit of, or in the past used to, as spiri, to breathe, spirado, respiration; movi, to move, movado, continued movement; fumi, to smoke, fumado, the habit of smoking; aŭdi, to hear, aŭdado, the sense of hearing.
-ad- indicates the ongoing or repeated action of something; it means keeps doing, or continues doing, or is usually, or in the past used to, as in spiri, to breathe, spirado, breathing; movi, to move, movado, continuous movement; fumi, to smoke, fumado, the habit of smoking; aŭdi, to hear, aŭdado, the sense of hearing.
Ek- has the opposite meaning to -ad-; it signifies the beginning of an action, or a short or sudden action, as kanti, to sing, ekkanti, to begin to sing; ridi, to laugh, ekridi, to burst out laughing; krii, to cry or call, ekkrii, to cry out; iri, to go, ekiri, to set out; dormi, to sleep, ekdormi, to fall asleep.
Ek- means the opposite of -ad-; it indicates the start of an action or a quick or sudden action, like kanti, to sing, ekkanti, to begin singing; ridi, to laugh, ekridi, to burst out laughing; krii, to cry or call, ekkrii, to cry out; iri, to go, ekiri, to set out; dormi, to sleep, ekdormi, to fall asleep.
rivero, river. lando, land. seĝo, seat. daŭro, duration. okupo, occupation. pluvo, rain. vagonaro, train. surprizo, surprise. diamanto, diamond. fulmo, lightning. lumo, a light. paf-, shoot. ĵet-, throw. aŭd-, hear. |
fal-, fall. atend-, wait for, expect. lacig-, make tired. frot-, rub. rigard-, look. elrigard-, look out of. salt-, jump. rapida, quick. klara, clear. lerte, cleverly. energie, energetically. kelke, some. ĉiuminute, every minute. [See page 84.] tra, through. |
Li donis al mi monon, sed mi ĝin tuj redonis al li. Mi foriras, sed atendu min, ĉar mi baldaŭ revenos. La suno rebrilas en la klara akvo de la rivero. Li reiris al sia lando. Ŝi reĵetis sin sur la seĝon.
Li gave me money, but I immediately gave it back to him. I'm leaving, but wait for me because I'll be back soon. The sun reflects brightly in the clear water of the river. He returned to his country. She threw herself back onto the chair.
En la daŭro de kelke da minutoj mi aŭdis du pafojn. La pafado daŭris tre longe. Lia hieraŭa parolo estis tre bela, sed la tro multa parolado lacigas lin. Li kantas tre belan kanton. La kantado estas agrabla okupo. Per mia mano mi energie lin frotadis. La pluvo faladis per riveroj. Ĉiuminute ŝi elrigardadis tra la fenestro, kaj malbenadis la malrapidan iradon de la vagonaro.
En laŭ de kelkaj minutoj, aŭdis du pafojn. La pafado daŭris tre longe. Lia parolo hieraŭ estis tre bela, sed li laciĝas pro la troa parolado. Li kantas tre belan kanton. Kanti estas agrabla okupo. Kun mia mano, mi lin ŝmiris energiele. La pluvo falis en riveroj. Ĉiuminute, ŝi elrigardis tra la fenestro kaj malbenis la malrapidan iradon de la vagonaro.
Mi saltas tre lerte. Mi eksaltis de surprizo. Mi saltadis la tutan tagon [Footnote: See Lesson 26 (iii.)] de loko al loko. Kiam vi ekparolis, mi atendis aŭdi ion novan. La diamanto havas belan brilon. Ŝi lasis la diamanton ekbrili. Du ekbriloj do fulmo trakuris tra la malluma ĉielo.
Mi saltas tre lerte. Mi eksaltis de surprizo. Mi saltis la tutan tagon [Footnote: See Lesson 26 (iii.)] de loko al loko. Kiam vi ekparolis, mi atendis aŭdi ion novan. La diamanto havas belan brilon. Ŝi lasis la diamanton ekbrili. Du ekbriloj do fulmo trakuris tra la malluma ĉielo.
In all the examples already given the Subject of the Sentence is the doer of the action, but often it is the one to whom the action is done who occupies our thoughts, and of whom we wish to speak. This one then becomes the subject, and the form of the Verb is changed. Instead of saying "The police are searching for the thief," "Someone has broken the window," "Someone is going to finish the work to-morrow," we say "The thief is being sought for by the police," "The window has been broken," "The work is going to be finished to-morrow."
In all the examples given, the Subject of the Sentence is the doer of the action, but often it is the one to whom the action is done that occupies our thoughts and whom we want to talk about. This person then becomes the subject, and the Verb form changes. Instead of saying "The police are searching for the thief," "Someone has broken the window," "Someone is going to finish the work tomorrow," we say "The thief is being sought by the police," "The window has been broken," "The work is going to be finished tomorrow."
(Note the convenience of this form when we do not know or do not wish to mention the doer).
(Note the convenience of this form when we don't know or don't want to mention the doer).
In Esperanto the terminations -ata, being, denoting incompleteness or present time, -ita, having been, denoting completeness or past time, and -ota, about to be (going to be), denoting action not yet begun, or future time, are added to the root of the verb, as ami, to love, amata, being loved, amita, having been loved, amota, going to be loved. La ŝtelisto estas serĉata de la policanoj [Footnote: De is used after these participles to denote the doer of the action.], The thief is being searched for by the police. La fenestro estas rompita, The window has been broken. La laboro estas finota morgaŭ, The work is going to be finished to-morrow.
In Esperanto, the endings -ata, being, indicate incompleteness or present tense, -ita, having been, indicates completeness or past tense, and -ota, about to be (going to be), indicates action not yet begun or future tense. These are added to the root of the verb, such as ami, to love, resulting in amata, being loved, amita, having been loved, and amota, going to be loved. La ŝtelisto estas serĉata de la policanoj [Footnote: De is used after these participles to denote the doer of the action.], The thief is being searched for by the police. La fenestro estas rompita, The window has been broken. La laboro estas finota morgaŭ, The work is going to be finished tomorrow.
It will be seen that these words ending in -ata, -ita, -ota describe the subject or show the condition or state in which the subject is, therefore they are adjectival; the thief is a searched-for thief, the window was a broken window, the work is a going-to-be-finished work (compare The work will be ready to-morrow). They are called Participles, and being adjectival, take j when the noun to which they belong is plural.
You'll notice that words ending in -ata, -ita, and -ota describe the subject or indicate the condition or state of the subject, so they function as adjectives. For example, the thief is a searched-for thief, the window was a broken window, and the work is a going-to-be-finished work (compare The work will be ready tomorrow). These are called Participles, and since they are adjectival, they take j when the noun they modify is plural.
Mi estas tenata | I am (being) held. |
Li estis tenata | He was (being) held. |
Ni estos tenataj | We shall be (being) held. |
Vi estus tenataj | You would be (being) held. |
Ke ili estu tenataj | That they may be (being) held. |
Estu tenata | Be (being) held. |
Esti tenata | To be (being) held. |
Mi estas vidita | I am (in the state of) having been seen, or, I have been seen. |
Li estis vidita | He was (in the state of) having been seen, or, he had been seen. |
Ni estos viditaj | We shall be (in the state of) having been seen, or, we shall have been seen. |
Vi estus viditaj | You would be (in the state of) having been seen, or, you would have been seen. |
(Ke) ili estu viditaj | (That) they may be (in the state of) having been seen, or, that they may have been seen. |
Esti vidita | To be (in the state of) having been seen, or, to have been seen. |
Mi estas laŭdota | I am about (going) to be praised. |
Ŝi estis laŭdota | She was about (going) to be praised. |
Ni estos laŭdotaj | We shall be about (going) to be praised. |
Vi estus laŭdotaj | You would be about (going) to be praised. |
(Ke) ili estu laŭdotaj | (That) they should be about (going) to be praised. |
Esti laŭdota | To be about (going) to be praised. |
komercaĵo, commodity. surtuto, overcoat. ŝuldo, debt. ringo, ring. projekto, project. inĝeniero, civil engineer. fervojo, railroad. preĝo, prayer. pasero, sparrow. aglo, eagle. invit-, invite. konstru-, construct. |
sciig-, inform. kaŝ-, hide. pens-, think. kapt-, capture. trankvila, quiet. tuta, all, whole. grava, important. ora, golden. volonte, willingly. sekve, consequently. laŭ, according to. |
Mi estas amata. Mi estis amata. Mi estos amata. Mi estus amata. Estu amata. Esti amata. Vi estas lavita. Vi estis lavita. Vi estos lavita. Vi estus lavita. Estu lavita. Esti lavita. Li estas invitota. Li estis invitota. Li estos invitota. Li estus invitota. Estu invitota. Esti invitota. Tiu ĉi komercaĵo estas ĉiam volonte aĉetata de mi. La surtuto estas aĉetita de mi; sekve ĝi apartenas al mi. Kiam via domo estis konstruata, mia domo estis jam longe konstruita. Mi sciigas, ke de nun la ŝuldoj de mia filo ne estos pagataj de mi. Estu trankvila, mia tuta ŝuldo estos pagita al vi baldaŭ. Mia ora ringo ne estus tiel longe serĉata, se ĝi ne estus tiel lerte kaŝita de vi. Laŭ la projekto de la inĝenieroj tiu ĉi fervojo estas konstruota en la daŭro de du jaroj; sed mi pensas, ke ĝi estos konstruata pli ol tri jarojn. Kiam la preĝo estis finita, li sin levis.
I am loved. I was loved. I will be loved. I would be loved. Be loved. To be loved. You are washed. You were washed. You will be washed. You would be washed. Be washed. To be washed. He is going to be invited. He was going to be invited. He will be invited. He would be invited. Be invited. To be invited. This merchandise is always willingly bought by me. The sweater is bought by me; therefore, it belongs to me. When your house was being built, my house was already built long ago. I inform you that from now on, my son's debts will not be paid by me. Be calm, my entire debt will be paid to you soon. My gold ring would not have been searched for so long if it had not been so cleverly hidden by you. According to the engineers' plans, this railway is going to be built in the duration of two years; but I think it will be built for more than three years. When the prayer was finished, he got up.
Aŭgusto estas mia plej amata filo. Mono havata estas pli grava ol havita. Pasero kaptita estas pli bona, ol aglo kaptota.
Aŭgusto is my favorite son. Having money is more important than having it. A captured sparrow is better than a catchable eagle.
Another set of participles is used to describe or show the condition or state of the doer of the action, namely -anta, denoting incompleteness or present time, -inta, denoting completeness or past time, and -onta, denoting action not yet begun, or future time, as Sur la arbo staras kantanta birdo (aŭ birdo kantanta), On the tree is a singing bird (or a bird singing); En la venonta somero mi vizitos vin, In the coming summer I shall visit you; La pasinta nokto estis tre pluva, The past night was very wet (rainy).
Another set of participles is used to describe or show the condition or state of the doer of the action, namely -anta, indicating incompleteness or present time, -inta, indicating completeness or past time, and -onta, indicating action not yet begun, or future time, as Sur la arbo staras kantanta birdo (aŭ birdo kantanta), On the tree is a singing bird (or a bird singing); En la venonta somero mi vizitos vin, In the coming summer I will visit you; La pasinta nokto estis tre pluva, The past night was very wet (rainy).
Mi estas manĝanta | I am (in the act of) eating. |
Li estis manĝanta | He was eating. |
Ni estos manĝantaj | We shall be eating. |
Vi estus manĝantaj | You would be eating. |
(Ke) ili estu manĝantaj | (That) they may be eating. |
Esti manĝanta | To be eating. |
Estu manĝanta | Be (in the act of) eating. |
Mi estas teninta | I am (in the state of) having held, or, I have held. |
Li estis teninta | He was (in the state of) having held, or, he had held. |
Ni estos tenintaj | We shall be (in the state of) having held, or, we shall have held. |
Vi estus tenintaj | You would be (in the state of) having held, or, you would have held. |
(Ke) ili estu tenintaj | (That) they may be (in the state of) having held, or, (that) they may have held. |
Esti teninta | To be (in the state of) having held, or, to have held. |
Mi estas dironta | I am about (going) to say. |
Li estis dironta | He was about (going) to say. |
Ni estos dirontaj | We shall be about (going) to say. |
Vi estus dirontaj | You would be about (going) to say. |
(Ke) ili estu dirontaj | (That) they may be about (going) to say. |
Esti dironta | To be about (going) to say. |
The participles are made into nouns by ending them with o instead of a, as Kiam Nikodemo batas Jozefon, tiam Nikodemo estas la batanto, kaj Jozefo estas la batato, When Nicodemus beats Joseph, then Nicodemus is the beater, and Joseph is the one being beaten.
The participles become nouns by ending with o instead of a, as in Kiam Nikodemo batas Jozefon, tiam Nikodemo estas la batanto, kaj Jozefo estas la batato. When Nicodemus beats Joseph, then Nicodemus is the beater, and Joseph is the one being beaten.
La batanto | The one who is beating. |
La batinto | The one who was beating. |
La batonto | The one who is about (going) to beat. |
La batato | The one who is being beaten. |
La batito | The one who has been beaten. |
La batoto | The one who is about to be beaten. |
Note that the participles which have n in the termination refer to the doer; they are called active participles. Those without n refer to the one to whom the action is done; they are passive participles.
Note that the participles ending with n refer to the doer; they are called active participles. Those without n refer to the person receiving the action; they are passive participles.
tempo, time. mondo, world. lingvo, language. nombro, number. legendo, legend. loko, place. salono, drawing-room. eraro, mistake. soldato, soldier. strato, street. pek-, sin. fal-, fall. mensog-, tell a lie. pas-, pass (as time passes). atend-, wait, expect. sav-, save, rescue. danc-, dance. kred-, believe. |
ripet-, repeat. arest-, arrest. juĝ-, judge. konduk-, lead, conduct. vojaĝ-, travel, journey. ŝtel-, steal. ripoz-, rest, repose. diradis, used to say (tell). estonta, future (about to be). vera, true. intence, intentionally. facile, easily. antaŭe, formerly, previously. dum, while, whilst, during. neniam, never. neniu, nobody. sen, without. senmove, motionless. |
Fluanta akvo estas pli pura, ol akvo staranta senmove. La falinta homo ne povas sin levi. La tempo pasinta jam neniam revenos; la tempon venontan neniu ankoraŭ konas. Venu, ni atendas vin, Savonto de la mondo. En la lingvo Esperanto ni vidas la estontan lingvon de la tuta mondo. La nombro de la dancantoj estis granda. Ĝi estas la legendo, kiun la veraj kredantoj ĉiam ripetas. Li kondukis la vojaĝanton al la loko, kie la ŝtelintoj ripozis. Al homo, pekinta senintence, Dio facile pardonas. La soldatoj kondukis la arestitojn tra la stratoj. Homo, kiun oni devas juĝi, estas juĝoto.
Fluent water is cleaner than still water. The fallen person cannot rise. The past time will never return; the future time is still unknown. Come, we wait for you, Savior of the world. In the Esperanto language, we see the future language of the entire world. The number of dancers was large. It is the legend that true believers always repeat. He led the traveler to the place where the thieves rested. To a person who sins unintentionally, God easily forgives. The soldiers led the detainees through the streets. A person who is to be judged is a defendant.
Nun li diras al mi la veron. Hieraŭ li diris al mi la veron. Li ĉiam diradis al mi la veron. Kiam vi vidis nin en la salono, li jam antaŭe diris al mi la veron (aŭ, li estis dirinta al mi la veron). Li diros al mi la veron. Kiam vi venos al mi, li jam antaŭe diros al mi la veron (aŭ, li estos dirinta al mi la veron; aŭ, antaŭ ol vi venos al mi, li diros al mi la veron). Se mi petus lin, li dirus al mi la veron. Mi ne farus la eraron, se li antaŭe dirus al mi la veron (aŭ, se li estus dirinta al mi la veron). Kiam mi venos, diru al mi la veron. Kiam mia patro venos, diru al mi antaŭe la veron (aŭ, estu dirinta al mi la veron). Mi volas diri al vi la veron. Mi volas, ke tio, kion mi diris, estu vera (aŭ, mi volas esti dirinta la veron).
Now tell me the truth. Yesterday he told me the truth. He always told me the truth. When you saw us in the living room, he had already told me the truth (or, he had told me the truth). He will tell me the truth. When you come to me, he will have already told me the truth (or, he will have told me the truth; or, before you come to me, he will tell me the truth). If I asked him, he would tell me the truth. I wouldn't make the mistake if he had already told me the truth (or, if he had told me the truth). When I arrive, tell me the truth. When my father comes, tell me the truth beforehand (or, have told me the truth). I want to tell you the truth. I want what I said to be true (or, I want to have told the truth).
Participles can be used as adverbs when they refer to the subject, and tell some circumstance about the action, as "Walking along the street, John saw your friend." "Walking along the street" tells the circumstance under which the subject, John, saw your friend; therefore "walking" is adverbial—"Promenante sur la strato, Johano vidis vian amikon." If it were the friend who was walking, it must be "Johano vidis vian amikon, promenantan sur la strato."
Participles can be used as adverbs when they refer to the subject, and describe some circumstance about the action, as in "Walking along the street, John saw your friend." "Walking along the street" indicates the circumstance in which John saw your friend; therefore, "walking" functions as an adverb—"Promenante sur la strato, Johano vidis vian amikon." If it were the friend who was walking, it would be "Johano vidis vian amikon, promenantan sur la strato."
(Examine in this way the sentences in the following exercise).
(Examine the sentences in the following exercise this way).
braceleto, bracelet. ŝtelisto, thief. vorto, word. duko, duke. juvelo, jewel. juvelujo, jewel-case. dolaro, dollar. instruo, instruction. planko, floor. imperiestro, emperor. okazo, opportunity, occurrence, chance. serv-, serve. |
medit-, meditate. port-, carry. demand-, ask. ŝpar-, save. edziĝ-, marry. hont-, be ashamed. ir-, go. profunda, deep. kelka, some. ia, some (kind), any (kind). kredeble, probably. trans, across. tio ĉi, this (thing). |
Promenante sur la strato, mi falis. Trovinte pomon, mi ĝin manĝis. Li venis al mi tute ne atendite. Li iris tre meditante kaj tre malrapide. Ni hontis, ricevinte instruon de la knabo. La imperiestra servanto eliris, portante kun si la braceleton. Profunde salutante, li rakontis, ke oni kaptis la ŝteliston. Ne dirante vorton, la dukino malfermis sian juvelujon. Laborinte unu jaron, kaj ŝparinte kelkajn dolarojn, mi edziĝis kun mia Mario. Transirinte la riveron, li trovis la ŝteliston. Rigardinte okaze la plankon, ŝi vidis ian libron, forgesitan kredeble de elirinta veturanto.
Promenading on the platform, I stumbled. Finding an apple, I ate it. He came to me completely unexpectedly. He walked very thoughtfully and very slowly. We felt ashamed, having received a lesson from the boy. The emperor's servant came out, carrying the bracelet with him. Bowing deeply, he reported that they had captured the thief. Without saying a word, the duchess opened her jewelry box. After working for a year and saving a few dollars, I married my Maria. After crossing the river, he found the thief. Accidentally glancing at the floor, she saw a book, likely forgotten by a departing traveler.
The suffix -ist- denotes one who occupies himself with or devotes himself to any special thing, as a business or a hobby, as juĝi, to judge, juĝisto, a judge; servi, to serve, servisto, a servant; kuraci, to treat (as a doctor), kuracisto, a doctor; lavi, to wash, lavisto, a laundryman.
The suffix -ist- refers to someone who engages in or dedicates themselves to a particular activity, whether it’s a job or a pastime, such as juĝi (to judge), juĝisto (a judge); servi (to serve), servisto (a servant); kuraci (to treat as a doctor), kuracisto (a doctor); lavi (to wash), lavisto (a laundry worker).
boto, boot. ŝuo, shoe. maro, sea. meĥaniko, mechanics. ĥemio, chemistry. diplomato, diplomatist. fiziko, physics. scienco, science. dron-, be drowned, sink. verk-, work mentally, write, compose. |
transskrib-, transcribe, copy. kuir-, cook. veturig-, drive (a carriage, etc.). tromp-, deceive. okup-, occupy, employ. teks-, weave. diversa(j), various. simple, simply. je, (indefinite meaning). [Lessons 26, 40.] |
La botisto faras botojn kaj ŝuojn. Ŝtelistojn neniu lasas en sian domon. La kuraĝa maristo dronis en la maro. Verkisto verkas librojn, kaj skribisto simple transskribas paperojn. Ni havas diversajn servantojn—kuiriston, ĉambristinon, infanistinon, kaj veturigiston. Kiu okupas sin je meĥaniko estas meĥankisto, kaj kiu okupas sin je ĥemio estas ĥemiisto. Diplomatiiston oni povas ankaŭ nomi diplomato, [Footnote: See Lesson 45.] sed fizikiston oni ne povas nomi fiziko, [Footnote: See Lesson 45.] ĉar fiziko estas la nomo de la scienco mem. Unu tagon [Footnote: See Lesson 26.] (en unu tago) venis du trompantoj, kiuj diris, ke ili estas teksistoj.
La tailoring makes buttons and shoes. No one lets thieves into their home. The brave sailor drowned in the sea. A writer writes books, and a scribe simply copies papers. We have various servants—a cook, a maid, a nanny, and a driver. Someone who works with mechanics is a mechanic, and someone who works with chemistry is a chemist. A diplomat can also be called a diplomat, [Footnote: See Lesson 45.] but you can't call a physicist a physics, [Footnote: See Lesson 45.] because physics is the name of the science itself. One day [Footnote: See Lesson 26.] (in one day) two fraudsters came, claiming to be weavers.
-ig- means to make or cause someone or something to be or to do that which the word denotes, while -iĝ- means to become so or such oneself. Thus from ruĝa, red, we get ruĝigi, to make (something or someone) red, ruĝiĝi, to become red oneself, to blush; klara, clear, klarigi, to make clear, to explain, klariĝi, to become clear; sidi, to sit, to be sitting, sidigi, to cause someone to sit, sidiĝi, to become seated, to sit down; kun, with, kunigi, to connect, kuniĝi, to become connected with; devi, to have to (must), devigi, to compel; fari, to do or make, fariĝi, to become; for, away, forigi, make (go) away.
-ig- means to make or cause someone or something to be or do what the word indicates, while -iĝ- means to become such or so oneself. Thus from ruĝa, red, we get ruĝigi, to make (something or someone) red, ruĝiĝi, to become red oneself, to blush; klara, clear, klarigi, to make clear, to explain, klariĝi, to become clear; sidi, to sit, to be sitting, sidigi, to cause someone to sit, sidiĝi, to become seated, to sit down; kun, with, kunigi, to connect, kuniĝi, to become connected with; devi, to have to (must), devigi, to compel; fari, to do or make, fariĝi, to become; for, away, forigi, to make (go) away.
printempo, spring. glacio, ice. vetero, weather. broso, brush. relo, rail. rado, wheel. ĉapo, bonnet, cap. arbeto, little tree. vento, wind. branĉo, branch. vizaĝo, face. kuvo, tub. kolego, companion, colleague Hebreo, Hebrew. Kristano, Christian. |
kapo, head. botelo, bottle. dev-, have to, must. kurac-, treat as a doctor. pren-, take. pend-, hang. blov-, blow. ekbrul-, begin to burn. rid-, laugh. romp-, break. fluida, fluid. kota, dirty, muddy. natura, natural. seka, dry. tamen, however, nevertheless, yet. |
Oni tiel malhelpis al mi, ke mi malbonigis mian tutan laboron. Forigu vian fraton, ĉar li malhelpas al ni. Venigu la kuraciston, ĉar mi estas malsana.
Oni tiel malhelpis al mi, ke mi malbonigis mian tutan laboron. Forigu vian fraton, ĉar li malhelpas al ni. Venigu la kuraciston, ĉar mi estas malsana.
Li venigis al si el Berlino multajn librojn (multe da libroj).
Li venigis al si el Berlino multe da libroj (multe da libroj).
Li paliĝis de timo, kaj poste li ruĝiĝis de honto. En la printempo la glacio kaj la neĝo fluidiĝas. En la kota vetero mia vesto forte malpuriĝis; tial mi prenis broson kaj purigis la veston. Mia onklo ne mortis per natura morto, sed li tamen ne mortigis sin mem, kaj ankaŭ estis mortigita de neniu; unu tagon, [Footnote: See Lesson 26, Note iii.] promenante apud la reloj de fervojo, li falis sub la radojn de veturanta vagonaro, kaj mortiĝis. Mi ne pendigis mian ĉapon sur tiu ĉi arbeto; sed la vento forblovis de mia kapo la ĉapon, kaj ĝi, flugante, pendiĝis sur la branĉoj de la arbeto. Sidigu vin (aŭ, sidiĝu), sinjoro!
Li was filled with fear, and then he blushed with shame. In the spring, the ice and snow melt. In the muddy weather, my clothes got really dirty; so I took a brush and cleaned them. My uncle didn't die of natural causes, but he didn't take his own life, nor was he killed by anyone; one day, [Footnote: See Lesson 26, Note iii.] while walking near the railway tracks, he fell under the wheels of a moving train and died. I didn't hang my hat on this tree; instead, the wind blew it off my head, and it flew and got caught in the branches of the tree. Sit down (or, please take a seat), sir!
Lia malgaja vizaĝo ridigis lian amikon. La tutan nokton ili pasigis maldorme, kaj ekbruligis pli ol dekses kandelojn. Mi senvestigis la infanon de liaj noktaj vestoj, kaj starigis lin en la kuvon; poste mi sekigis lin. Li amikiĝis kun malbonaj kolegoj. Malriĉa hebreo volis kristaniĝi. La botelo falis kaj rompiĝis. Ŝi fariĝis lia edzino. Iom post iom, ŝi tute trankviliĝis.
Lia's strange appearance made his friend smile. They spent the whole night awake and lit more than sixteen candles. I stripped the child of his night clothes and stood him in the tub; then I dried him off. He became friends with bad companions. A poor Jew wanted to convert to Christianity. The bottle fell and broke. She became his wife. Little by little, she completely calmed down.
1.—In pluvas, it rains; tondras, it thunders; estas bela tago, it is a fine day; estas bele, it is fine; estas vere, ke..., it is true that..., etc., "it" is left out, because it does not stand for any "thing." The adverbs bele, vere, are used because no "thing" is mentioned.
1.—In pluvas, it rains; tondras, it thunders; estas bela tago, it's a nice day; estas bele, it's nice; estas vere, ke..., it's true that..., etc., "it" is omitted because it doesn't refer to any "thing." The adverbs bele, vere, are used since no "thing" is specified.
2.—Ni havas freŝajn lakton kaj panon means Ni havas freŝan lakton kaj freŝan panon, We have new milk and new bread. Ni havas freŝan lakton kaj panon means We have bread and new milk.
2.—We have fresh milk and bread means We have fresh milk and fresh bread, We have new milk and new bread. We have fresh milk and bread means We have bread and new milk.
3.—La angla, franca kaj germana lingvoj estas malfacilaj, The English, French and German languages are difficult. Angla, franca, germana do not take "j" because each refers to only one language, while malfacilaj refers to all those mentioned.
3.—The English, French, and German languages are difficult, The English, French, and German languages are difficult. English, French, German do not take "j" because each refers to only one language, while difficult refers to all those mentioned.
The words ia, tia; kial, tial; kiam, ĉiam, neniam; kie, kiel, tiel; io, kio, tio, ĉio, nenio; kiu, ĉiu, neniu, have already been met with. They belong to a series whose use will best be seen from the following examples:—
The words ia, tia; kial, tial; kiam, ĉiam, neniam; kie, kiel, tiel; io, kio, tio, ĉio, nenio; kiu, ĉiu, neniu have already been encountered. They are part of a series that will be best understood through the following examples:—
ia denotes kind or quality. Kia floro estas la plej bela? Ia kaj ĉia floro estas bela, nenia estas malbela. Mi admiras la rozon; tia floro la plej plaĉas al mi. What (kind of) flower is the most beautiful? Any kind and every kind of flower is beautiful, no kind is ugly. I admire the rose, that kind of flower pleases me the most.
ia means kind or quality. What kind of flower is the most beautiful? Any kind and every kind of flower is beautiful; no kind is ugly. I admire the rose; that kind of flower is my favorite.
ial, motive, reason. Kial li iros en Parizon? Mi ne scias; ial li foriros, sed ĉial estus pli bone resti en Londono. Li deziras foriri, tial li foriros. Why is he going (will he go) to Paris? I know not; for some reason he is going, but for every reason (on every account) it would be better to remain in London. He wishes to go, therefore (for that reason) he will go.
ial, motive, reason. Kial is he going to Paris? I don't know; ial he's leaving, but ĉial it would be better to stay in London. He wants to leave, so he will leave. Why is he going (will he go) to Paris? I don’t know; for some reason he is going, but for every reason (on every account) it would be better to stay in London. He wants to go, so (for that reason) he will go.
iam, time. Kiam vi venos min viziti? Iam mi venos, kiam mi havos libertempon; vi ĉiam havas libertempon, mi neniam. Postmorgaŭ estos festo, tiam mi venos. When will you come to visit me? Sometime I will come, when (at what time) I shall have a holiday; you always (at all times) have a holiday, I never (at no time). (The day) after to-morrow will be a festival (a general holiday); I will come then (at that time).
I'm, busy. When are you going to visit me? I will come when I have free time; you always have free time, I never do. The day after tomorrow is a holiday, so I will come then. When will you come to visit me? Sometime I will come, when I have a break; you always have time off, but I never do. The day after tomorrow is a holiday; I’ll come then.
ie, place. Kie estas mia ĉapelo? Ĝi devas esti ie, sed mi serĉis ĝin ĉie, kaj neniemi povas trovi ĝin. Ha, nun mi ekvidas ĝin tie. Where is my hat? It must be somewhere, but I have looked for it everywhere, and nowhere can I find it. Ha, now I see it there.
ie, place. Kie esta mi sombrero? Debe estar ie, pero lo he buscado en todas partes, y en ningunapuedo encontrarlo. Ah, ahora lo veo allí. Where is my hat? It must be somewhere, but I have looked for it everywhere, and nowhere can I find it. Ha, now I see it there.
iel, manner. Kiel vi faros tion ĉi? Mi ne scias; mi ĉiel provis ĝin fari, sed mi neniel sukcesis. Johano sukcesis iel; eble li faris ĝin tiel. How will you do this? I do not know; I have tried in every way to do it, but I have in no way (not at all) succeeded. John succeeded in some way (somehow); perhaps he did it so (in such a way).
iel, way. Kiel how do you do this? I don’t know; I tried to do it anyway, but I haven’t succeeded at all. John managed to do it somehow; maybe he did it like this.
ies, possession. Kies devo estas tio ĉi? Eble ĝi estas ties; sendube ĝi estas ies. Ĉies devo estas nenies. Whose duty is this? Perhaps it is that one's (person's); doubtless it is somebody's. Everybody's duty is nobody's.
Whose duty is it? Maybe it's that person's; surely it belongs to someone. Everyone's duty is nobody's.
io, thing. Kio malplaĉas al vi? Nun nenio malplaĉas al mi, ĉio estas bona. Antaŭ tri tagoj io tre malplaĉis al mi, sed mi ne parolas pri tio nun. What displeases you? Now nothing displeases me, all is well. Three days ago something greatly displeased me, but I am not speaking about that now.
Hey, what’s bothering you? Right now nothing is bothering me, everything is good. Three days ago something really bothered me, but I’m not talking about that now.
iom, quantity. Kiom da mono vi bezonas? Mi havas tiom, mi povas prunti al vi iom, sed ne ĉiom. Se mi pruntus al vi ĉiom, mi mem havus neniom. How much money do you need ? I have so much (that quantity), I can lend you some, but not all. If I were to lend you all, I myself should have none.
iom, quantity. Kiom do you need? Mi havas so much, I can lend you some, but not all. If I were to lend you all, I would have none.
iu denotes individuality, person, or thing specified. Kiu estis ĉe la balo? Ĉiu, kiu estis invitita, estis tie, neniu forestis. Iu, kiun mi mem ne konas, venis kun tiu kiu vizitis vin hierau. Who was at the ball? Everybody who had been invited was there, nobody was absent. Somebody, whom I myself do not know, came with that person who visited you yesterday.
iu indicates an individual, person, or specific thing. Kiu was at the ball? Everyone who was invited was there, nobody was missing. Somebody, whom I don't know, came with that person who visited you yesterday.
It will be seen from these examples that the words beginning with K either ask questions or refer to some person or thing before mentioned. Those beginning with T point to a definite time, place, etc. Those with Ĉ signify each or every, and in the plural all. Those without a letter prefixed are indefinite, meaning some or any; and those with nen- are negative, meaning no, none.
It can be seen from these examples that the words starting with K either ask questions or refer to some person or thing mentioned earlier. Those starting with T indicate a specific time, place, etc. Words with Ĉ mean each or every, and in the plural, they mean all. Words with no prefix are indefinite, meaning some or any; and those with nen- are negative, meaning no, none.
The words ending in "ia" and those in "iu" can take the plural j and accusative n.
The words ending in "ia" and those in "iu" can take the plural j and accusative n.
The words in io take n, but the sense does not permit of their taking j.
The words in io take n, but the meaning doesn't allow for their taking j.
The words in ie take the n denoting direction.
The words in ie take the n for direction.
The word ĉi, signifying nearness, is used with the T series (words meaning that), to denote the one near i.e., this, as Tio ĉi, this thing; Tiu ĉi, this person; Tie ĉi, or, ĉi tie, here, etc.
The word ĉi, which means proximity, is used with the T series (words that mean that) to refer to something close, like Tio ĉi, this thing; Tiu ĉi, this person; Tie ĉi, or ĉi tie, here, etc.
The word ajn, ever, is used with the K series to give a more inclusive and wider meaning, as Kio ajn, whatever; Kiu ajn, whoever; Kiam ajn, whenever; Kiom ajn, however much.
The word ajn, meaning "ever," is used with the K series to provide a broader and more inclusive meaning, like Kio ajn, whatever; Kiu ajn, whoever; Kiam ajn, whenever; Kiom ajn, however much.
Comparisons of equality are made with the words—
Comparisons of equality are made with the words—
tiel ... kiel, as Vi estas tiel forta, kiel mi, You are as strong as I.
tiel ... kiel, as You are as strong, as I, You are as strong as I.
tia ... kia, as Tia domo, kia tiu, estas malofta, Such a house as that is rare.
tia ... kia, as Tia domo, kia tiu, estas malofta, Such a house as that is rare.
sama ... kia, as Mia bastono estas tia sama, kia la via, My stick is the same as yours.
sama ... kia, as Mia bastono estas the same as la via, My stick is the same as yours.
sama ... kiel, as Ĝia uzado estas tia sama, kiel en la aliaj lingvoj, Its use is the same as in the other languages. Vi ĉiam laboradas al tiu sama celo, kiel mi, You are always working towards that same end (aim) as I.
sama ... kiel, as Its use is the same as in the other languages. You are always working towards that same goal, as I.
Any of the above series of words whose sense admits of it can be used as adjectives, adverbs, etc., and in combination with prefixes, suffixes, or other words, as ĉiama, continual, eternal; tiea, of that place. Kioma is used for asking the time, as Kioma horo estas? What time is it?
Any of the above series of words that make sense can be used as adjectives, adverbs, etc., and combined with prefixes, suffixes, or other words, like ĉiama, continual, eternal; tiea, of that place. Kioma is used to ask the time, as in Kioma horo estas? What time is it?
* INDEFINITE Some, any. |
K QUESTIONING RELATIVE. What, which. |
T DEFINITE. That. |
Ĉ INCLUSIVE. Each, every, all. |
Nen- NEGATIVE. No, none. |
|
QUALITY Kind of |
Ia Some kind Any kind |
Kia What kind |
Tia That kind Such |
Ĉia Each kind Every kind |
Nenia No kind |
MOTIVE Reason Purpose |
Ial For some reason For any reason |
Kial For what reason Why |
Tial For that reason Therefore |
Ĉial For each reason For every reason |
Nenial For no reason |
TIME | Iam Sometime Any time |
Kiam At what time When |
Tiam At that time Then |
Ĉiam Each time Every time Always |
Neniam At no time Never |
PLACE | Ie In some place Somewhere Anywhere |
Kie At what place Where |
Tie At that place There |
Ĉie At each place At every place Everywhere |
Nenie At no place Nowhere |
MANNER | Iel In some way In any way Somehow, anyhow |
Kiel In what way How As, like |
Tiel In that way So |
Ĉiel In each way In every way |
Neniel In no way Nohow |
POSSESSION | Ies Someone's Anyone's |
Kies What person's Whose |
Ties That one's |
Ĉies Each one's Everyone's |
Nenies No one's |
THING | Io Something Anything |
Kio What thing What |
Tio That thing |
Ĉio Everything |
Nenio Nothing |
QUANTITY | Iom Some (of the quantity) |
Kiom What quantity How much |
Tiom That quantity So much |
Ĉiom Every quantity All of the quantity |
Neniom None of the quantity |
INDIVIDUALITY | Iu Someone Anyone |
Kiu What person Which thing Who, Which |
Tiu That person That (specified) thing |
Ĉiu Each person Everyone Ĉiuj = all, all the... |
Neniu No one Nobody |
ankro, anchor. maniero, manner, way. riproĉo, reproach. konscienco, conscience. propono, proposal, offer. rando, edge. ŝipo, ship. dubo, doubt. demando, question. admir-, admire. plaĉ-, be pleasing. supoz-, suppose. |
prov-, attempt, try. sukces-, succeed. perd-, lose. merit-, deserve. kompren-, understand. libera, free. certa, certain, sure. utila, useful. fremda, strange. necesa, necessary. ekster, beyond, outside. |
Ia. La maro estas tie pli profunda, ol povas atingi ia ankro. En ia maniero. Sen ia riproĉo de konscienco. Mi scias, en kia loko mi certe lin trovos. Kia estas la vetero? Kian malbonon mi al vi faris? Tiamaniere li faris ĉion. Li invitis lin veni en tian kaj tian lokon. Ne ĉia birdo kantas. Ekster ĉia dubo. Nenia homo meritas tian punon. Tiaj libroj estas malutilaj. Iafoje li vizitas nin.
Ia. The sea is deeper there than any anchor can reach. In some way. Without any guilt in my conscience. I know exactly where I'll find him. What's the weather like? What wrong have I done to you? That’s how he did everything. He invited him to come to this and that place. Not every bird sings. Without any doubt. No person deserves such punishment. Such books are harmful. Sometimes he visits us.
Ial. Ial li ne povis dormi. Kial vi ne respondas al mi? Mi ne komprenis vian demandon, tial mi ne respondis. La homoj ne komprenas unu la alian, kaj tial ili tenas sin fremde. Ĉial tio estas la plej bona.
Ial. Ial can't sleep. Why aren't you answering me? I didn't understand your question, so I didn't respond. People don't understand each other, and that's why they keep their distance. Maybe that's for the best.
Iam. Mi iam vin amis. Kio vivas, necese devas iam morti. Kiam vi foriros? En la luna nokto, kiam ĉiuj dormis, tiam ŝi sidis sur la rando de la ŝipo. Estu por ĉiam benata! Ŝi antaŭe neniam vidis hundon.
I am. I have always loved you. Whatever lives must eventually die. When are you leaving? On the moonlit night, when everyone was asleep, she sat at the edge of the ship. May you be blessed forever! She had never seen a dog before.
mono, money. monujo, purse. juneco, youth. reto, net. ideo, idea. gajno, gain. taŭg-, be fit, suitable. fart-, be, fare (as to health). |
monto, mountain. ganto, glove. opinio, opinion. voĉo, voice. prezid-, preside. alpren-, adopt. stranga, strange, curious. komprenebla, understandable. subita, sudden. |
Ie. Kie estas la knaboj? Kien vi iris? Mi restas tie ĉi. Li perdis sian monujon ie en la urbo, sed kie li perdis ĝin, li ne scias. Mi volonte el tie venis tien ĉi. Li petis ŝin, ke ŝi diru al li, de kie si venas. [Footnote: See note in Lesson 17.] Por la juneco ĉie staras retoj. Ĉie estas floroj, kaj nenie oni povas trovi pli belajn.
Ie. Where are the boys? Where did you go? I’m staying here. He lost his wallet somewhere in the city, but he doesn't know where he lost it. I willingly came from there to here. He asked her to tell him where she was coming from. [Footnote: See note in Lesson 17.] For the youth, nets are spread everywhere. There are flowers everywhere, and nowhere can you find more beautiful ones.
Iel. Kiel bela! Ĉu mi taŭgas kiel reĝo? Tiel finiĝis la feliĉa tago. Ili brilis kiel diamantoj. Kiel vi fartas? Iel li malkomprenis min. Mia edzino pensis tiel same, kiel mi. Mi neniel povas kompreni, kion vi diras. Tre stranga kaj neniel komprenebla! Mi elektis lin kiel prezidanto. Mi elektis lin kiel prezidanton.
Iel. Is it good? Am I fit to be king? That’s how the happy day ended. They sparkled like diamonds. How are you doing? Somehow, he misunderstood me. My wife thought the same way I did. I can't understand what you're saying at all. Very strange and totally incomprehensible! I chose him as president. I chose him as presidentn.
Ies. Kies ganto tiu ĉi estas? Mi neniam alprenas ties opinion. Subite ŝi ekaŭdis ies fortan malagrablan voĉon. Ĉies ideo estas diversa. Bona amiko, sen kies helpo li neniam ekvidus tiun ĉi landon. Ies perdo ne estas ĉiam ies gajno. Ies perdo estas ofte nenies gajno.
Ies. Whose opinion is this? I never take it into account. Suddenly, she heard someone's strong, unpleasant voice. Everyone has a different idea. A good friend, without whose help he would never have seen this country. Someone's loss isn't always someone else's gain. Often, someone's loss is nobody's gain.
ornamo, ornament. pupilo, pupil (of eye). centimo, centime. forto, strength, power. nesto, nest. Fortuno, fortune. funto, pound (weight or money). lango, tongue. gusto, taste. okulo, eye. |
ĥino, Chinese. decido, decision. ced-, give up, yield, cede. forlas-, forsake, leave. prudenta, reasonable, prudent. firma, firm, stable. sterlinga, sterling. kontraŭ, against, opposite. pro, for, owing to. |
Io. Mi sentas, ke io okazas. Neniam mi ion al vi donis. Mi volas fari al vi ion bonan. Kio tio ĉi estas? Kia ornamo tiu ĉi estas? Kion mi vidas? Tio ĉi estas ĉio, pri kio mi parolis. Mi nenion cedos al vi. Nenion faru kontraŭ la patrino. Antaŭ ĉio estu fidela al vi mem. Ŝi eksentis ion tian, kion ŝi mem komence ne povas kompreni.
Io. I feel like something is happening. I never gave you anything. I want to do something good for you. What is this? What kind of decoration is this? What do I see? This is everything I talked about. I won't give in to you. Don’t do anything against your mother. Above all, be true to yourself. She felt something that she initially couldn't understand.
Iom. Ŝi parolis iom kolere. La pupiloj de la okuloj iom post iom malgrandiĝis. Kiu estas tiom senprudenta, ke li povas ĝin kredi? Kiom da mono vi havas? Mi havas neniom. Donu al mi tiom da akvo, kiom da vino.
Iom. She spoke somewhat angrily. The pupils of her eyes gradually shrank. Who is so reckless that they can believe it? How much money do you have? I have none. Give me as much water as wine.
Iu. Iu venas; kiu ĝi estas? Ĉu iu kuraĝus tion fari? Ĉiu penis sin savi, kiel li povis. Lingvo, en kiu neniu nin komprenos. Neniu el ili povis savi la dronanton. Li al neniu helpis iam eĉ per unu centimo. Ni iros ĉiuj kune. Mi konas neniun en tiu urbo. Tio ĉi estas super ĉiuj homaj fortoj.
Iu. There it comes; who is it? Would anyone have the courage to do that? Everyone tried to save themselves as best they could. A language in which no one understands us. None of them could save the drowning person. He never helped anyone even by a single cent. We will all go together. I don’t know anyone in this city. This is beyond all human powers.
De kie mi veturas, kien kaj pro kio, mi nur povas respondi: mi ne scias. Oni petis lin atendi iom kun lia forveturo. Tiuj ĉi nestoj ofte estas pli grandaj, ol la dometoj de la tieaj homoj. Li forveturis kun firma decido forlasi por ĉiam tiun ĉi sendankan landon. Se iu tion vidus, li malbenus la Fortunon. Mi donus cent funtojn sterlingajn, se bova lango povus havi por mi tian bonan guston kiel por vi. Kioma horo (estas)? Baldaŭ la dekdua (horo).
De kie mi veturas, kien, kaj pro kio, mi nur povas respondi: mi ne scias. Oni petis lin atendi iom antaŭ ol foriri. Tiuj nestoj ofte estas pli grandaj ol la dometoj de la tieaj homoj. Li forveturis kun klariga decido forlasi por ĉiam tiun ĉi senutilan landon. Se iu tion vidus, li malbenus la sorton. Mi donus cent funtojn sterlingajn, se bova lango povus havi por mi tian bonan guston kiel por vi. Kioma horo estas? Baldaŭ la dekdua horo.
The suffixes -eg- and -et- are opposites; -eg- denotes a great size or degree, and -et- a small size or degree, of that which the word signifies, as domo, a house, domego, a mansion, dometo, a cottage; ŝnuro, a cord, ŝnurego, a rope, ŝnureto, a string; monto, a mountain, montego, a huge mountain, monteto, a hill; ami, to love, amegi, to idolise, ameti, to have a liking for; ridi, to laugh, ridegi, to shout with laughter, to guffaw, rideti, to smile.
The suffixes -eg- and -et- are opposites; -eg- indicates a large size or degree, while -et- indicates a small size or degree of what the word signifies, like domo, a house, domego, a mansion, dometo, a cottage; ŝnuro, a cord, ŝnurego, a rope, ŝnureto, a string; monto, a mountain, montego, a huge mountain, monteto, a hill; ami, to love, amegi, to idolize, ameti, to have a liking for; ridi, to laugh, ridegi, to shout with laughter, to guffaw, rideti, to smile.
-eg- and -et- denote a greater or smaller size or degree than is expressed by very large or very small. The adjective ega means enormous, huge, and eta means tiny.
-eg- and -et- indicate a larger or smaller size or degree than what is represented by very large or very small. The adjective ega means enormous, huge, and eta means tiny.
arbaro, a wood. bruo, noise. kaleŝo, carriage. korto, courtyard. piedo, foot. teruro, terror. militistaro, army. serio, series. |
somero, summer. kampo, field. piedego, paw. forir-, go away. murmur-, murmur. varma, warm. densa, dense. |
En varmega tago mi amas promeni en arbaro. Kun bruo oni malfermis la pordegon, kaj la kaleŝo enveturis en la korton. Tio ĉi estas jam ne simpla pluvo, sed pluvego. Grandega hundo metis sur min sian antaŭan piedegon, kaj mi de teruro ne sciis, kion fari. Antaŭ nia militistaro staris granda serio da pafilegoj. En tiu nokto blovis terura ventego. Kun plezurego. Li deziregis denove foriri.
En una calurosa tarde, me encanta pasear por el bosque. Con ruido, se abrió la puerta y la calesa entró en el patio. Esto ya no es simplemente una lluvia, sino un aguacero. Un enorme perro me puso su pata delantera encima, y yo, aterrorizado, no sabía qué hacer. Frente a nuestro ejército había una gran serie de rifles. Esa noche soplaba un viento terrible. Con gran placer. Deseaba irse de nuevo.
Tuj post la hejto la forno estis varmega, post unu horo ĝi estis nur varma, post du horoj ĝi estis nur iom varmeta, kaj post tri horoj ĝi estis jam tute malvarma. Mi aĉetis por la infanoj tableton kaj kelke da seĝetoj. En nia lando sin ne trovas montoj, sed nur montetoj. En somero ni trovas malvarmeton en densaj arbaroj. Li sidas apud la tablo kaj dormetas. Mallarĝa vojeto kondukas tra tiu ĉi kampo al nia domo. Sur lia vizaĝo mi vidis ĝojan rideton. Antaŭ la virino aperis malgranda, beleta hundo. Pardonu, li murmuretis.
Tuj post la hejto la forno estis really hot, after an hour it was just warm, after two hours it was only a little warm, and after three hours it was completely cold. I bought a tablet for the kids and a few chairs. In our country, there aren’t any mountains, just little hills. In the summer, we find coolness in dense forests. He sits by the table and dozes off. A narrow path leads through this field to our house. I saw a joyful smile on his face. A small, cute dog appeared in front of the woman. Sorry, he mumbled.
The suffix -il- denotes the instrument by means of which something is done, as razi, to shave, razilo, a razor; rigli, to bolt, riglilo, a bolt; butero, butter, buterilo, a churn; kuraci, to treat (as a doctor), kuracilo, a medicine.
The suffix -il- indicates the instrument used to perform an action, for example, razi, to shave, razilo, a razor; rigli, to bolt, riglilo, a bolt; butero, butter, buterilo, a churn; kuraci, to treat (as a doctor), kuracilo, a medicine.
viando, meat, flesh. poŝo, pocket. korko, cork (substance). arĝento, silver. telero, plate. sano, health. butero, butter. hak-, chop, hew. seg-, saw. fos-, dig. kudr-, sew. tond-, clip, shear. |
komb-, comb. ŝtop-, stop up. ŝlos-, lock. glit-, glide, slide. direkt-, direct, steer. difekt-, damage. montr-, show. pes-, weigh something. tir-, draw, pull. vetur-, drive (in a vehicle). frosta, frosty. magneta, magnetic. |
Per hakilo ni hakas, per segilo ni segas, per fosilo ni fosas, per kudrilo ni kudras, per tondilo ni tondas. La tranĉilo estis tiel malakra, ke mi ne povis tranĉi per ĝi la viandon, kaj mi devis uzi mian poŝan tranĉilon. Ĉu vi havas korktirilon, por malŝtopi la botelon? Mi volis ŝlosi la pordon, sed mi perdis la ŝlosilon. Ŝi kombas al si la harojn per arĝenta kombilo. En somero ni veturas per diversaj veturiloj, kaj en vintro per glitveturilo. Hodiaŭ estas bela frosta vetero; tial mi prenos miajn glitilojn kaj iros gliti. La direktilisto de "Pinta" difektis la direktilon. La magneta montrilo. La unua montrilo en la plej multaj malsanoj estas la lango. Li metis ĝin sur la teleron de pesilo.
Per knife and fork, per spoon and plate, per glass and cup, per ladle and bowl, per cleaver and cleaves. The knife was so dull that I couldn't cut the meat with it, so I had to use my pocket knife. Do you have a corkscrew to open the bottle? I wanted to lock the door, but I lost the key. She combs her hair with a silver comb. In summer we travel by various vehicles, and in winter by sled. Today is a beautiful frosty day; that's why I'll take my skates and go skating. The helmsman of "Peak" damaged the steering wheel. The magnetic indicator. The first indicator in most illnesses is the tongue. He placed it on the plate of the scale.
The suffix -an- signifies a member, an inhabitant of a country, town, etc., or a member of a party, society, religion, etc. Eŭropano, a European; Londonano, a Londoner; urbo, a town or city, urbano, a citizen; klubo, a club, klubano, a member of a club. Ano, a member.
The suffix -an- indicates a member, an inhabitant of a country, town, etc., or a member of a party, society, religion, etc. Eŭropano means a European; Londonano refers to a Londoner; urbo is a town or city, urbano means a citizen; klubo is a club, and klubano is a member of a club. Ano means a member.
-estr- denotes the head of a State, town, society, etc. Regno, a State, regnestro, a ruler of a State; urbestro, the head of a town, a mayor; lernejo, a school, lernejestro, the principal or head master of a school; imperio, an empire, imperiestro, an emperor.
-estr- signifies the leader of a State, town, society, etc. Regno means a State, regnestro refers to a ruler of a State; urbestro is the leader of a town, a mayor; lernejo represents a school, and lernejestro is the principal or headmaster of a school; imperio stands for an empire, while imperiestro denotes an emperor.
Parizo, Paris. regno, State. imperio, empire. polico, police. Kristo, Christ. Lutero, Luther. Kalvino, Calvin. germano, German. franco, Frenchman. Rusujo, Russia. provinco, province. religio, religion. regimento, regiment. lokomotivo, engine. loĝio, box (opera), lodge (freemason, etc.). |
vilaĝo, village. obe-, obey. konfes-, confess, avow, acknowledge, profess (a religion, etc.). enir-, enter. ruza, sharp (cunning). sufiĉa, sufficient. ordinara, ordinary. naiva, simple. saĝa, wise. severa, strict, severe. justa, just, righteous. egala, equal. fiera, proud. energia, energetic. |
La ŝipanoj devas obei la ŝipestron. Ĉiuj loĝantoj de regno estas regnanoj. Urbanoj estas ordinare pli ruzaj, ol vilaĝanoj. La Parizanoj estas gajaj homoj. Nia urbo havas bonajn policanojn, sed ne sufiĉe energian policestron. Luteranoj kaj Kalvinanoj estas Kristanoj. Germanoj kaj francoj, kiuj loĝas en Rusujo, estas Rusujanoj, kvankam ili ne estas rusoj. Li estas nelerta kaj naiva provincano. La loĝantoj de unu regno estas samregnanoj, la loĝantoj de unu urbo estas samurbanoj, la konfesantoj de unu religio estas samreligianoj. Tiuj, kiuj havas la samajn ideojn, estas samideanoj.
La ŝipanoj devas obei la ŝipestron. Ĉiuj loĝantoj de regno estas regnanoj. Urbanoj estas ordinare pli ruzaj ol vilaĝanoj. La Parizanoj estas gajaj homoj. Nia urbo havas bonajn policanojn, sed ne sufiĉe energian policestron. Luteranoj kaj Kalvinanoj estas Kristanoj. Germanoj kaj francoj, kiuj loĝas en Rusujo, estas Rusujanoj, kvankam ili ne estas rusoj. Li estas nelerta kaj naiva provincano. La loĝantoj de unu regno estas samregnanoj, la loĝantoj de unu urbo estas samurbanoj, la konfesantoj de unu religio estas samreligianoj. Tiuj, kiuj havas la samajn ideojn, estas samideanoj.
La regnestro de nia lando estas bona kaj saĝa reĝo. Nia provincestro estas severa, sed justa. Nia regimentestro estas por siaj soldatoj kiel bona patro. Ili estas egale fieraj, kiel domestrino pri sia domo. Sur la lokomotivo la lokomotivestro sidis sola. La imperiestro, akompanata de la imperiestrino, ĵus eniris en sian loĝion.
La reganto de nia lando estas bona kaj saĝa reĝo. Nia provinca ĉefestro estas severa, sed justa. Nia regimentestro estas al siaj soldatoj kiel bona patro. Ili estas same fieraj, kiel dommastrino pri sia hejmo. Sur la lokomotivo, la lokomotivestro sidis sola. La imperiestro, akompanata de la imperiestrino, ĵus eniris en sian loĝejon.
The suffix -ar- signifies a collection of the persons or things named, as arbo, a tree, arbaro, a wood; homo, a human being, homaro, mankind; militisto, a soldier (from milito, war), militistaro, an army; vorto, a word, vortaro, a dictionary (vortareto, a vocabulary); aro, a flock, anaro, a company, troop.
The suffix -ar- indicates a group of the people or things being referred to, such as arbo, a tree, arbaro, a forest; homo, a person, homaro, humanity; militisto, a soldier (from milito, war), militistaro, an army; vorto, a word, vortaro, a dictionary (vortareto, a vocabulary); aro, a flock, anaro, a group, troop.
-er- signifies a particle, or one of things of which the name denotes a mass, as greno, corn, grenero, a grain of corn ; polvo, dust, polvero, a speck of dust; pulvo, gunpowder, pulvero, a grain of gunpowder; hajlo, hail, hajlero, a hailstone; neĝo, snow, neĝero, a snowflake; koto, mud, kotero, a speck of mud or dirt.
-er- indicates a particle, or one of the things represented by a name that refers to a mass, like greno, corn, grenero, a grain of corn; polvo, dust, polvero, a speck of dust; pulvo, gunpowder, pulvero, a grain of gunpowder; hajlo, hail, hajlero, a hailstone; neĝo, snow, neĝero, a snowflake; koto, mud, kotero, a speck of mud or dirt.
pulvo, gunpowder. ŝtupo, step, stair. tegmento, roof. herbo, grass. bruto, brute, beast, head of cattle. lano, wool. persono, person. floreno, florin. ŝilingo, shilling. penco, penny. glaso, a glass (tumbler). brando, brandy. tuko, a cloth. telertuketo, serviette. [Footnote: See Lesson 45.] ŝnuro, cord. sablo, sand. |
ŝafo, a sheep. fajro, fire. met-, put, set. paŝt-, feed (cause to feed), pasture. sekv-, follow. bar-, bar (obstruct). batal-, battle, fight. eksplod-, explode. brava, brave. kruta, steep. hispana, Spanish. vasta, vast, spacious. precipe, chiefly, particularly. preskaŭ, almost. inter, between, among. |
Nia lando venkos, ĉar nia militistaro estas granda kaj brava. Sur kruta ŝtuparo li levis sin al la tegmento de la domo. Mi ne scias la lingvon hispanan, sed per helpo de vortaro hispana-germana mi tamen komprenis iom vian leteron. Sur tiuj ĉi vastaj kaj herboriĉaj kampoj paŝtas sin grandaj brutaroj, precipe aroj da bellanaj ŝafoj. La vagonaro konsistis preskaŭ nur el personvagonoj. Oni metis antaŭ mi manĝilaron, kiu konsistis el telero, kulero, tranĉilo, forko, glaseto por brando, glaso por vino kaj telertuketo. Sur la maro staris granda ŝipo, kaj inter la ŝnuregaro sidis ĉie ŝipanoj. Lia sekvantaro staris en la posto de la loĝio. Mallumaj montegaroj baras la vojon.
Nia lando venkos, ĉar nia armeo estas granda kaj brava. Sur kruta ŝtuparo, li levis sin al la tegmento de la domo. Mi ne parolas hispane, sed kun helpo de hispana-germana vortaro, mi tamen komprenis iomete vian leteron. Sur tiuj vastaj kaj herboriĉaj kampoj paŝtas grandaj brutaroj, precipe ŝafaro. La vagonaro konsistis preskaŭ nur el personvagonoj. Ili metis antaŭ mi manĝilaron, kiu konsistis el telero, kulero, tranĉilo, forko, glaseto por brando, glaso por vino, kaj telertuketo. Sur la maro staris granda ŝipo, kaj inter la ŝnuregaro sidis ŝipanoj. Lia sekvantaro staris en la loko de la loĝio. Mallumaj montegaroj baras la vojon.
Floreno, ŝilingo kaj penco estas moneroj. Sablero enfalis en mian okulon. Unu fajrero estas sufiĉa por eksplodigi pulvon.
Floreno, shilling, and penny are coins. Sand has fallen into my eye. One spark is enough to ignite gunpowder.
The suffix -ul- denotes a person characterised by the quality, etc., which the word expresses, as justa, just, righteous, justulo, one who is just; babili, to chatter, babilulo, one who chatters, a babbler; avara, avaricious, avarulo, a miser; kun, with, kunulo, a companion.
The suffix -ul- indicates a person characterized by the quality expressed by the word, such as justa, which means just or righteous, turning into justulo, someone who is just; babili, meaning to chatter, becoming babilulo, a chatterer or babbler; avara, meaning avaricious, transforming into avarulo, a miser; and kun, meaning with, evolving into kunulo, a companion.
legendo, legend. ombro, shadow. rajto, right, authority. profeto, prophet. mensogo, a lie. tagmanĝ-, dine. |
entrepren-, undertake. propra, own. avara, avaricious. potenca, powerful. infekta, infectious. ĉe, at, with. |
Malriĉa saĝulo tagmanĝis ĉe avara riĉulo. Malsaĝulon ĉiu batas. Li estas mensogisto kaj malnoblulo. Timulo timas eĉ sian propran ombron. Tiu ĉi maljunulo tute malsaĝiĝis kaj infaniĝis. Unu instruitulo entreprenis gravan sciencan laboron. Nur sanktuloj havas la rajton enveni tien ĉi. Li sola estas la grandulo, la potenculo. Ĝi ne estas la legendo pri la belulino Zobeido. Post infekta malsano oni ofte bruligas la vestojn de la malsanulo. La malbeno de la profeto staras super la kapo de maldankulo. Post kelkaj minutoj la kuraĝulo eliris. Ĉiuj sanktuloj, helpu!
Malrich saĝulo had lunch at the home of a greedy rich man. Everyone beats up the fool. He’s a liar and a scoundrel. The coward even fears his own shadow. This old man has completely lost his wits and regressed to childishness. One educated individual took on an important scientific task. Only saints have the right to enter here. He alone is the grand one, the powerful one. This isn’t the legend of the beautiful Zobeida. After an infectious disease, they often burn the patient's clothes. The curse of the prophet hangs over the head of the ingrate. After a few minutes, the brave one stepped out. All saints, help!
The following words, which have already been used in the previous lessons, are always placed before nouns or pronouns, to show the relation (of position, etc.) between the thing for which the noun stands and another thing or an action.
The following words, which have already been used in the previous lessons, are always placed before nouns or pronouns to show the relationship (of position, etc.) between what the noun represents and another thing or an action.
al, to, towards. apud, beside, near, by. da, of (indefinite quantity). de, of from, by. el, out of. en, in, into, within. ekster, outside. ĝis, until, till, as far as. inter, between, among. kontraŭ, against, opposite. kun, (in company) with. |
laŭ, according to. per, by means of, with. post, after, behind. pri, concerning, about. por, for, for the sake of. sen, without. super, above, over. sur, on, upon. tra, through. trans, across, on the other side. je, (has no definite meaning). |
(These words are called Prepositions, which means placed before).
(These words are called Prepositions, which means placed before).
The other simple prepositions are—
The other basic prepositions are—
anstataŭ, instead of. antaŭ, before. ĉe, at, with. ĉirkaŭ, about, around. krom, besides, except. malgraŭ, notwithstanding, in spite of. |
po, at the rate of. pro, for (cause), owing to. preter, past, beyond, by. spite, in despite of. sub, under. |
The prepositions anstataŭ, antaŭ (ol), and por are also used before Infinitive verbs, as anstataŭ diri, instead of saying (to say); antaŭ ol paroli, before speaking; por lerni, in order to learn.
The prepositions anstataŭ, antaŭ (ol), and por are also used before infinitive verbs, like anstataŭ diri, instead of saying (to say); antaŭ ol paroli, before speaking; por lerni, in order to learn.
In Esperanto all the prepositions except "je" have a definite meaning, and care must be taken to use the one which conveys the exact sense. The same word cannot be used for "with" in the two sentences "He went with his father" and "He cut it with a knife," or for "about" in "He spoke about his child" and "They stood about the stove." In the first example "with" his father is "kun", in company with, Li iris kun sia patro, and "with" a knife is "per", by means of, Li tranĉis ĝin per tranĉilo. "About," in "about his child," is "pri," concerning, Li parolis pri sia infano, but "about," in "about the stove," is "ĉirkaŭ," around, Ili staris ĉirkaŭ la forno.
In Esperanto, all prepositions except "je" have a specific meaning, so it's important to choose the one that accurately conveys the intended sense. The same word can’t be used for "with" in the two sentences "He went with his father" and "He cut it with a knife," or for "about" in "He spoke about his child" and "They stood about the stove." In the first example, "with" his father is "kun," meaning in company with, Li iris kun sia patro, and "with" a knife is "per," meaning by means of, Li tranĉis per tranĉilo. "About" in "about his child" is "pri," meaning concerning, Li parolis pri sia infano, but "about" in "about the stove" is "ĉirkaŭ," meaning around, Ili staris ĉirkaŭ la forno.
When we cannot decide which is the correct preposition to use in any case, we may use "je," the only preposition which has no special meaning of its own, or the preposition may be left out altogether, and "n" added to the noun or pronoun, provided that no want of clearness ensue (see Lesson 27), as Mi ridas pro lia naiveco, or, Mi ridas je lia naiveco, or, Mi ridas lian naivecon, I laugh at his simplicity.
When we're unsure which preposition to use in a situation, we can use "je," the only preposition that doesn’t have its own specific meaning, or we can skip the preposition entirely and add "n" to the noun or pronoun, as long as it doesn’t create any confusion (see Lesson 27), like Mi ridas pro lia naiveco, or, Mi ridas je lia naiveco, or, Mi ridas lian naivecon, which means I laugh at his simplicity.
When we wish to express "motion towards" something, and the preposition does not of itself express it, n is added to the noun or pronoun, as in the case of adverbs (see Lesson 12), Li estas en la domo, He is in the house; but, Li iras en la domon, He is going into the house.
When we want to express "moving towards" something and the preposition doesn’t do that on its own, we add n to the noun or pronoun, like with adverbs (see Lesson 12). Li estas en la domo, He is in the house; but, Li iras en la domon, He is going into the house.
Note.—There are three cases in which the noun or pronoun takes n. (i.). When it is the direct object of the verb, as Mi vidis lin, I saw him. (ii.). To show direction, as Li iris en la ĝardenon, He went into the garden. (iii.). When the preposition is left out. This is usually done in the case of dates and expressions signifying duration of time, as Georgo Vaŝington estis naskita la dudek-duan de Februaro de la jaro mil sepcent tridek du, George Washington was born the 22nd of February, 1732. Vi restos tie ĉi la tutan vivon (dum la tuta vivo), You will remain here your (the) whole life.
Note.—There are three situations where the noun or pronoun takes n. (i.) When it serves as the direct object of the verb, as in Mi vidis lin, I saw him. (ii.) To indicate direction, as in Li iris en la ĝardenon, He went into the garden. (iii.) When the preposition is omitted. This usually occurs with dates and expressions indicating duration of time, as in Georgo Vaŝington estis naskita la dudek-duan de Februaro de la jaro mil sepcent tridek du, George Washington was born on the 22nd of February, 1732. Vi restos tie ĉi la tutan vivon (dum la tuta vivo), You will stay here your whole life.
All the prepositions whose meaning allows of it can be used as adjectives, adverbs, etc., by adding the proper endings, as from antaŭ, before, we get antaŭa, former, antaŭe, formerly or previously, antaŭen, forward.
All the prepositions that can be used in this way can function as adjectives, adverbs, etc., by adding the right endings. For example, from antaŭ, meaning before, we get antaŭa, meaning former, antaŭe, meaning formerly or previously, and antaŭen, meaning forward.
Prepositions are also joined to other words, and to prefixes or suffixes, as antaŭdiri, to foretell; apudmara urbo, a seaside town; senigi, to deprive of.
Prepositions also connect with other words, as well as prefixes or suffixes, like antaŭdiri, meaning to foretell; apudmara urbo, a seaside town; senigi, meaning to deprive of.
Sometimes the preposition is both prefixed to the verb and used after it before the noun, as Li eliris el la domo, kaj eniris en la ĝardenon, He went out of the house, and entered into the garden.
Sometimes the preposition is both attached to the verb and used after it before the noun, as Li eliris el la domo, kaj eniris en la ĝardenon, He went out of the house, and entered into the garden.
Al signifies to or towards a person or place. It is also used before the noun or pronoun which signifies person after such verbs as give, tell, etc., which take two objects in different relations to the verb, as— Give (to) him the book, Donu al li la libron. Tell (to) him the truth, Diru al li la veron. Write (to) him a letter, Skribu al li leteron. In such cases we can say Pardonu lin, Pardon him, if the "thing" object is not mentioned, but we cannot say Pardonu lin la kulpon, Forgive him his fault; it must be Pardonu al li la kulpon. The pronoun with "al" is sometimes used instead of the possessive (pronoun) adjective mia, etc., as Mi tranĉis al mi la fingron, for Mi tranĉis mian fingron, I cut my finger. "Ŝi kombis al si la harojn," instead of "Ŝi kombis siajn harojn," She combed her hair.
Al means to or towards a person or place. It’s also used before the noun or pronoun that represents a person after verbs like give, tell, etc., which take two objects in different ways, as in—Give (to) him the book, Donu al li la libron. Tell (to) him the truth, Diru al li la veron. Write (to) him a letter, Skribu al li leteron. In these cases, we can say Pardonu lin, Pardon him, if the "thing" object isn’t mentioned, but we can’t say Pardonu lin la kulpon, Forgive him his fault; it must be Pardonu al li la kulpon. The pronoun with "al" is sometimes used instead of the possessive (pronoun) adjective mia, etc., like Mi tranĉis al mi la fingron, for Mi tranĉis mian fingron, I cut my finger. "Ŝi kombis al si la harojn," instead of "Ŝi kombis siajn harojn," She combed her hair.
Al is frequently used as a prefix as well as after the verb, as aldoni, to add; alpreni, to adopt; aliĝi, to adhere; aljuĝi, to award.
Al is often used as a prefix and after the verb, as in aldoni, to add; alpreni, to adopt; aliĝi, to adhere; aljuĝi, to award.
sorĉisto, sorcerer. detranĉ-, cut off. |
promes-, promise. ambaŭ, both. |
Ŝi revenis al la palaco de sia patro. Ili ambaŭ iris al la urbestro. Ĉu mi ne faris al vi bonon? Ŝi nenion al ili rakontis. Ŝi skribis al li leteron. Ĉiutage li instruas al la homoj ion, kion ili ne scias. Ili flugis al la suno. Unu fratino promesis al la alia rakonti al ŝi, kion ŝi vidis kaj kio la plej multe plaĉis al ŝi en la unua tago. Eble li al vi pardonos. Ŝi ne kredis al siaj propraj oreloj. Li ne sciis, ke al ŝi li devas danki la vivon. Si savis al li la vivon. La sorĉistino detranĉis al la virineto de maro la langon.
Ŝi revenis al la palaco de sia patro. Ili ambaŭ iris al la urbestro. Ĉu mi ne faris bonon por vi? Ŝi nenion rakontis al ili. Ŝi skribis al li leteron. Ĉiutage li instruas al la homoj ion, kion ili ne scias. Ili flugis al la suno. Unu fratino promesis al la alia rakonti kion ŝi vidis kaj kio plej plaĉis al ŝi en la unua tago. Eble li pardonos al vi. Ŝi ne kredis al siaj oreloj. Li ne sciis, ke al ŝi li devas danki pro la vivo. Ŝi savis lian vivon. La sorĉistino detranĉis al la virineto de la maro la langon.
Ĉe indicates a certain place, time, or point of thought, discourse, etc., as, Li estis ĉe mia patro, He was with my father, or at my father's house. Ĉe la momento, At the moment. Li estis ĉe la pordo, He was at the door, Ĉeesti, To be present.
Ĉe indicates a certain place, time, or point of thought, discourse, etc., such as Li estis ĉe mia patro, He was with my father, or at my father's house. Ĉe la momento, At the moment. Li estis ĉe la pordo, He was at the door, Ĉeesti, To be present.
Apud means close by, beside. It applies to place only, as La knabo staris apud la patro, The boy stood by, or beside, the father.
Apud means close by, beside. It refers only to location, as in La knabo staris apud la patro, The boy stood by, or beside, the father.
fundo, bottom. brako, arm. torĉo, torch. serpento, serpent. statuo, statue. saliko, willow. |
halt-, stop, halt. ramp-, creep, crawl. plant-, (to) plant. multekosta, precious, valuable. aŭ ... aŭ, either ... or. |
Mi loĝis ĉe ŝia patro. Ĝi falis sur la fundon de la maro ĉe la rompiĝo de la ŝipo. Ĉe lumo de torĉoj. Brako ĉe brako. Kaptis lin kelka timo ĉe la penso. Nenio helpas; oni devas nur kuraĝe resti ĉe sia opinio. Ŝi ridis ĉe lia rakontado. Ĉe ĉiu vorto, kiun vi diros, el via buŝo eliros aŭ floro aŭ multekosta ŝtono.
Mi loĝis ĉe ŝia patro. Ĝi falis sur la fundon de la maro ĉe la rompiĝo de la ŝipo. Ĉe lumo de torĉoj. Brako ĉe brako. Kaptis lin kelka timo ĉe la penso. Nenio helpas; oni devas nur kuraĝe resti ĉe sia opinio. Ŝi ridis ĉe lia rakontado. Ĉe ĉiu vorto, kiun vi diros, el via buŝo eliros aŭ floro aŭ multekosta ŝtono.
Li haltis apud la pordo. La serpento rampis apud ŝiaj piedoj. Kiam li estis ĉe mi, li staris tutan horon apud la fenestro. Mi loĝis en arbo apud via domo. Ŝi plantis apud la statuo roza-ruĝan salikon. La apudvojaj arboj.
Li stois ĉe la pordo. La serpento rampis ĉirkaŭ ŝiaj piedoj. Kiam li estis ĉe mi, li staris tutan horon ĉe la fenestro. Mi loĝis en arbo proksime al via domo. Ŝi plantis roza-ruĝan salikon apud la statuo. La arboj laŭ la vojo.
En means in, inside; when n is added to the noun which it precedes, it means into, as Kie vi estas? Mi estas en la domo. Kien vi iras? Mi iras en la ĝardenon. Where are you? I am in the house. Where are you going? I am going into the garden. Malamiko venis en nian landon, An enemy came into our country.
En means in, inside; when n is added to the noun it precedes, it means into, as in Kie vi estas? Mi estas en la domo. Kien vi iras? Mi iras en la ĝardenon. Where are you? I am in the house. Where are you going? I am going into the garden. Malamiko venis en nian landon, An enemy came into our country.
Hispanujo, Spain. humoro, humour, temper. paco, peace. pinglo, pin. nasko-tago, birthday. faruno, flour. parto, part. |
muel-, grind. turn-, turn. divid-, divide. do, then. ĝuste, exactly, just. kvazaŭ, as if. |
La birdo flugas en la ĉambro ( = ĝi estas en la ĉambro, kaj flugas en ĝi). La birdo flugas en la ĉambron ( = ĝi estas ekster la ĉambro, kaj flugas nun en ĝin). Mi vojaĝas en Hispanujo. Mi vojaĝas en Hispanujon. Kion do fari en tia okazo? Mi estas en bona humoro. Li murmuretis al la reĝino en la orelon. En sekvo de tiu ĉi okazo. Mi preferus resti en paco tie ĉi. Ŝia naskotago estis ĝuste en la mezo de vintro. Li ekrigardis en la okulojn de la infano. Li estis bela granda viro en la aĝo de kvardek jaroj. En la daŭro de mia tuta vivo. En la fino de la jaro. Mano en mano. Enirinte en la vagonon, ŝi sidis kvazaŭ sur pingloj. La greno mueliĝas en farunon. Aleksandro turniĝis en polvon. Li dividis la pomon en du partojn.
The bird is flying in the room ( = it is in the room and flying around). The bird is flying into the room ( = it is outside the room and flying in now). I’m traveling in Spain. I’m traveling to Spain. So what should be done in such a case? I’m in a good mood. He whispered to the queen in her ear. As a result of this situation. I would prefer to stay peacefully here. Her birthday was right in the middle of winter. He looked into the child's eyes. He was a handsome, tall man at the age of forty. Throughout my entire life. At the end of the year. Hand in hand. Upon entering the carriage, she sat as if on pins and needles. The grain is being ground into flour. Alexander turned to dust. He divided the apple into two parts.
Inter means between, among, or amongst. It is largely used as a prefix, as interparoli, to converse; internacia, international; interkonsento, agreement; sin intermeti, to interfere.
Inter means between, among, or amongst. It is mostly used as a prefix, like interparoli, to converse; internacia, international; interkonsento, agreement; sin intermeti, to interfere.
Ekster means out of, outside, as ekster danĝero, out of danger. It is used as a prefix, as eksterordinara, extraordinary.
Ekster means out of, outside, as in ekster danĝero, out of danger. It's used as a prefix, like eksterordinara, extraordinary.
El means out of. It applies (i.) to place, signifying motion from, as, Mi eliris el la domo, I went out of the house. (ii.). Chosen from among, as, Unu el miaj infanoj, One of (from among) my children. (iii.). Made out of, as, Tiu ĉi ŝtofo estas farita el lano, This cloth is made (out) of wool. El is used as a prefix, and means out, outright, or thoroughly, as, Elfosi, to dig out; Ellerni, to learn thoroughly.
El means out of. It applies (i.) to place, signifying motion from, as in Mi eliris el la domo, I went out of the house. (ii.) Chosen from among, as in Unu el miaj infanoj, One of (from among) my children. (iii.) Made out of, as in Tiu ĉi ŝtofo estas farita el lano, This cloth is made (out) of wool. El is used as a prefix, meaning out, outright, or thoroughly, as in Elfosi, to dig out; Ellerni, to learn thoroughly.
kolono, column, pillar. marmoro, marble. figuro, figure. muro, wall. kanapo, sofa. arto, art. viveco, liveliness. |
krono, crown. uzo, use. okazo, occasion. alfabeto, alphabet. divid-, divide (something). produkt-, produce. interne, inside. |
Inter Rusujo kaj Francujo estas Germanujo. Ili dividis inter si dekdu pomojn. Inter la deka kaj dekunua horo matene. Inter la kolonoj staris marmoraj figuroj. Apud la muro inter la fenestroj staris kanapo. Longe ili parolis inter si. Ĉe tiu ĉi malsano unu horo povas decidi inter vivo kaj morto. En la intertempo inter la paroloj oni produktas artajn fajrojn.
Inter Rusujo kaj Francujo estas Germanujo. Ili dividis inter si dekdu pomojn. Inter la deka kaj dekunua horo matene. Inter la kolonoj staris marmoraj figuroj. Apud la muro inter la fenestroj staris kanapo. Longe ili parolis inter si. Ĉe tiu ĉi malsano unu horo povas decidi inter vivo kaj morto. En la intertempo inter la paroloj oni produktas artajn fajrojn.
Mi staras ekster la domo, kaj li estas interne. Li estas ekster la pordo. Nun ni estas ekster danĝero. Li loĝas ekster la urbo. Starante ekstere, li povis vidi nur la eksteran flankon de nia domo. Li montris eksteren en la mallumon. Mi lasis lin ekstere. La ekstero de tiu ĉi homo estas pli bona, ol lia interno.
Mi staras outside the house, and he is inside. He is outside the door. Now we are out of danger. He lives outside the city. Standing outside, he could only see the outside of our house. He pointed out into the darkness. I left him outside. The outside of this man is better than his inside.
Li eliris el la urbo. Li estas ĵus reveninta el la eksterlando. Kun eksterordinara viveco ŝi elsaltis el la vagono. Ŝi metis al ŝi kronon el blankaj lilioj sur la harojn. Li faris uzon el la okazo. Tiuj ĉi nestoj estas farataj tute el tero. Ŝi estis la plej kuraĝa el ĉiuj. Jen vi elkreskis! Li eliris el la dormoĉambro, kaj eniris en la manĝoĉambron. La esperanta alfabeto konsistas el dudek ok literoj.
Li eliris el la urbo. Li estis ĵus reveninta el la eksterlando. Kun eksterordinara viveco, ŝi elsaltis el la vagono. Ŝi metis kronon el blankaj lilioj sur siajn harojn. Li aprove uzis la okazon. Tiuj ĉi nestoj estas tute faritaj el tero. Ŝi estis la plej kuraĝa el ĉiuj. Jen vi elkreskis! Li eliris el la dormoĉambro kaj eniris en la manĝoĉambron. La esperanta alfabeto consistas el dudek ok literoj.
Sur means on, upon (touching). Li sidas sur la kanapo, He is sitting on the sofa. Followed by the accusative (with n) it means on to, as Sidiĝu sur la kanapon, Sit down on the sofa. Influi sur la karakteron, To have influence on the character.
Sur means on, upon (touching). Li sidas sur la kanapo, He is sitting on the sofa. Followed by the accusative (with n), it means on to, as in Sidiĝu sur la kanapon, Sit down on the sofa. Influi sur la karakteron, To have influence on the character.
Super means over, above (not touching). Super la maro flugis la nuboj, Over the sea floated the clouds. Followed by the accusative it shows motion over and above a thing, as Li ĵetis ŝtonon super la muron, He threw a stone over the wall.
Super means over, above (not touching). Super la maro flugis la nuboj, The clouds floated over the sea. When followed by the accusative, it indicates motion over and above something, as in Li ĵetis ŝtonon super la muron, He threw a stone over the wall.
Sub means under, underneath. La hundo kuŝis sub la tablo, The dog lay under the table. With the accusative sub shows motion to and beneath, as La hundo kuris sub la tablon, The dog ran under the table.
Sub means under, underneath. The dog lay under the table, La hundo kuŝis sub la tablo. With the accusative, sub indicates motion to and beneath, as in The dog ran under the table, La hundo kuris sub la tablon.
aero, air. sono, sound. benko, bench. kato, cat. lito, bed. frukto, fruit. genuo, knee. muso, mouse. muziko, music. ponto, bridge. sofo, sofa. |
supraĵo, surface. ŝultro, shoulder. ferdeko, deck. balanc-, swing (something). frap-, strike, slap. influ-, have influence on. prem-, press. naĝ-, swim. forestanta, absent. nobla, noble (quality). alta, high. |
Mi sidas sur seĝo kaj tenas la piedojn sur benketo. Li revenis kun kato sur la brako. Mi metis la manon sur la tablon. Li falis sur la genuojn. Ne iru sur la ponton. Li ĵetis sin malespere sur seĝon. Li frapis lin sur la ŝultron, kaj premis lin malsupren sur la sofon. Mi sidigis min sur la lokon de la forestanta hejtisto. La fruktoplantado devas influi noblige sur tiujn, kiuj sia okupas je ĝi.
Mi sidas sur seĝo kaj tenas la piedojn sur benketo. Li revenis kun kato sur la brako. Mi metis la manon sur la tablon. Li falis sur la genuojn. Ne iru sur la ponton. Li ĵetis sin malespere sur seĝon. Li frapis lin sur la ŝultron, kaj premis lin malsupren sur la sofon. Mi sidigis min sur la lokon de la forestanta hejtisto. La fruktoplantado devas influi noblige sur tiujn, kiuj sia okupas je ĝi.
Super la tero sin trovas aero. Liaj pensoj alte leviĝis super la nubojn. Ŝi ricevis la permeson sin levi super la supraĵon de la maro. Ili povis sin levi sur la altajn montojn alte super la nubojn. Li staras supre sur la monto kaj rigardas malsupren sur la kampon. Ŝi sidis sur la akvo kaj balanciĝis supren kaj malsupren.
Super la tero sin trovas aero. Liaj pensoj alte leviĝas super la nubojn. Ŝi ricevis la permeson sin levi super la supraĵon de la maro. Ili povis sin levi sur la altajn montojn alte super la nubojn. Li staras supre sur la monto kaj rigardas malsupren sur la kampon. Ŝi sidas sur la akvo kaj balanciĝas supren kaj malsupren.
El sub la kanapo la muso kuris sub la liton, kaj nun ĝi kuras sub la lito. Ŝi ofte devis naĝi sub la akvon. Sub la sonoj de muziko ili dancis sur la ferdeko. Ekfloris sub ŝia rigardo la blankaj lilioj. Ŝi subiĝis sub la akvon. Ŝi suprennaĝis ĉe la subiro de la suno.
El sub la kanapo la muso kuris sub la liton, kaj nun ĝi kuras sub la lito. Ŝi ofte devis naĝi sub la akvo. Sub la sonoj de muziko ili dancis sur la ferdeko. Ekfloris sub ŝia rigardo la blankaj lilioj. Ŝi subiĝis sub la akvo. Ŝis suprennaĝis ĉe la subiro de la suno.
Tra means through, as Tra la truo, Through the hole. Tra la mondo, Through the world.
Tra means through, as Tra la truo, through the hole. Tra la mondo, through the world.
Trans means at the other side, across, as Li loĝas trans la rivero, He lives on the other side of the river. With the accusative it means to the other side, as Li naĝis trans la riveron, He swam to the other side of (across) the river.
Trans means on the other side, across, as in Li loĝas trans la rivero, He lives on the other side of the river. With the accusative, it means to the other side, as in Li naĝis trans la riveron, He swam to the other side of (across) the river.
Preter means past, by, or beyond; it conveys the idea of coming up from behind and passing on in front, as Mi pasis preter via frato, or Mi preterpasis vian fraton, I passed your brother. The difference between tra, trans, and preter is clearly shown by the sentence Trapasinte la arbaron, li preterpasis la preĝejon kaj tiam transpasis la riveron per la ponto, Having passed through the wood, he passed by the church, and then passed over the river by the bridge.
Preter means past, by, or beyond; it suggests the idea of coming from behind and moving ahead, as in Mi pasis preter via frato, or Mi preterpasis vian fraton, I passed your brother. The difference between tra, trans, and preter is clearly shown by the sentence Trapasinte la arbaron, li preterpasis la preĝejon kaj tiam transpasis la riveron per la ponto, Having passed through the woods, he passed by the church, and then crossed the river by the bridge.
kameno, hearth, fireside. poto, pot. kaldrono, cauldron, kettle. vaporo, steam, vapour. hirundo, swallow. tunelo, tunnel. oceano, ocean. |
momento, moment. abato, abbot. penetr-, penetrate. bol-, boil (as water boils). turn-, turn (a thing or oneself). larĝa, wide, broad. |
Li estas tiel dika, ke li ne povas trairi tra nia mallarĝa pordo. Ŝi rigardis supren tra la mallume-blua akvo. Tra la palruĝa aero lumis la stelo de la vespero. La sonado de la sonoriloj trapenetras malsupren al ŝi. Ili traglitas inter la branĉoj. Sur la kameno inter du potoj staras fera kaldrono; el la kaldrono, en kiu sin trovas (or troviĝas) bolanta akvo, eliras vaporo; tra la fenestro, kiu sin trovas (or troviĝas) apud la pordo, la vaporo iras sur la korton.
Li is so big that he can't fit through our narrow door. She looked up through the dark-blue water. The evening star shone through the pale red air. The sound of the bells reaches her down below. They slip through the branches. On the chimney, between two pots, stands an iron kettle; steam rises from the kettle, which contains boiling water; through the window next to the door, the steam goes out into the yard.
La hirundo flugis trans la riveron, ĉar trans la rivero sin trovis (or troviĝis) aliaj hirundoj. Ili povas flugi sur ŝipoj trans la maron. "Kial Hanibalo iris trans la Alpojn? Ĉar tiam la tunelo ne estis ankoraŭ preter." Estas neeble, ke ili estu transirintaj trans la oceanon. Ĉio transturniĝis la fundo supren.
La hirundo flied across the river, where other swallows were found. They can fly over ships across the sea. "Why did Hannibal cross the Alps? Because the tunnel hadn't been built yet." It's impossible that they crossed the ocean. Everything turned upside down.
Ni pasis preter la stacio. En tiu ĉi momento preteriras la abato. Preterirante, mi demandis lin, ĉu jam estas la dekdua horo. La muelilo ne povas mueli per akvo preterfluinta.
Ni pasis preter la stacio. En tiu ĉi momento preterpasas la abato. Dum ni preterpasis, mi demandis lin, ĉu jam estas la dekdua horo. La muelilo ne povas mueli per akvo preterfluinta.
Antaŭ means before (time), Ni revenos antaŭ Mardo, We shall return before Tuesday, in front of (place), Antaŭ la domo, Before the house. Before verbs "antaŭ ol" is used, as Lavu vin, antaŭ ol manĝi, Wash (yourself) before eating.
Antaŭ means before (in time), Ni revenos antaŭ Mardo, We will return before Tuesday, in front of (in place), Antaŭ la domo, In front of the house. Before verbs, "antaŭ ol" is used, as in Lavu vin, antaŭ ol manĝi, Wash (yourself) before eating.
Post means after (time), behind (place).
Post means after (time), behind (place).
Care must be taken in using antaŭ and post to arrange the sentence so that there can be no doubt as to whether time or place is referred to. "He came before his father," in place or position, i.e., in front of his father, is Li venis antaŭ sia patro, but if before in time is meant, it must be Li venis antaŭ ol lia patro (venis). Li venis post sia patro means He came behind his father; if we mean "after his father came" we may use kiam, and say Li venis post, kiam lia patro venis.
Care should be taken when using antaŭ and post to structure the sentence clearly to avoid confusion about whether it's referring to time or place. "He came before his father," in terms of position, meaning in front of his father, is Li venis antaŭ sia patro, but if it indicates "before in time," it must be Li venis antaŭ ol lia patro (venis). Li venis post sia patro means he came behind his father; if we mean "after his father came," we can use kiam and say Li venis post, kiam lia patro venis.
To express "time past," "ago," antaŭ is used, as Antaŭ tri tagoj, Three days ago. Antaŭ longe, A long time ago. Antaŭ nelonge, Not long ago.
To express "time past," "ago," antaŭ is used, as Antaŭ tri tagoj, Three days ago. Antaŭ longe, A long time ago. Antaŭ nelonge, Not long ago.
To express "in" a time to come post is used, as I will come in three days, Mi venos post tri tagoj. Post nelonge, In a short time.
To express "in" a future time, post is used, as in "I will come in three days," Mi venos post tri tagoj. Post nelonge, In a short time.
preĝejo, church (place of
prayer). ordo, order. riĉeco, wealth. paŝo, step. paĝo, page. |
vek-, waken (someone). bala-, sweep. raŭka, hoarse. avida, eager, greedy. ofte, often. publike, publicly. |
Antaŭ ili staris preĝejo. Antaŭ tiuj homoj estas inde paroli. Ofte en la nokto ŝi staris antaŭ la fenestro. Mi estas peka antaŭ vi. Antaŭ unu horo. Antaŭ mallonge li vekiĝis tre raŭka. Antaŭ nelonge oni vendis la domon publike. Ne iru, antaŭ ol vi scias, ke ĉio estas en ordo. Mi devos lasi ilin elbalai la ĉambron, antaŭ ol ni komencos danci. Mi estis tie en la antaŭa jaro. Antaŭe mi neniam pensis pri riĉeco. Estis al ŝi, kiel la sorĉistino antaŭdiris.
Antaŭ ili staris preĝejo. Antaŭ tiuj homoj estas inde paroli. Ofte en la nokto ŝi staris antaŭ la fenestro. Mi estas peka antaŭ vi. Antaŭ unu horo. Antaŭ mallonge li vekiĝis tre raŭka. Antaŭ nelonge oni vendis la domon publike. Ne iru, antaŭ ol vi scias, ke ĉio estas en ordo. Mi devos lasi ilin elbalai la ĉambron, antaŭ ol ni komencos danci. Mi estis tie en la antaŭa jaro. Antaŭe mi neniam pensis pri riĉeco. Estis al ŝi, kiel la sorĉistino antaŭdiris.
Li restis post la pordo. Iom post iom. Ŝi komencis avide legi paĝon post paĝo. Ŝi rigardis post lin kun rideto. Post kelkaj minutoj leviĝis la suno. Ŝi ĵetis siajn brakojn posten kaj antaŭen. Ni restos kelkajn semajnojn en Parizo; poste ni vojaĝos en Germanujon.
Li stayed behind the door. Little by little. She began eagerly reading page after page. She looked back at him with a smile. After a few minutes, the sun rose. She threw her arms back and forward. We’ll stay in Paris for a few weeks; then we’ll travel to Germany.
Dum means during, as Dum mia tuta vivo, During my whole life. It is not much used as a preposition, that is, before a noun, en la daŭro de being better, as En la daŭro de mia tuta vivo, In (the duration of) my whole life; or the preposition is omitted altogether, as La tutan tagon mi laboradis, I used to work all day long. Dum, meaning while, whilst, is often used at the beginning of a sentence. Dume means meanwhile, or, in the meantime.
Dum means during, as in Dum mia tuta vivo, during my whole life. It’s not commonly used as a preposition, meaning before a noun; instead, en la daŭro de is preferred, as in En la daŭro de mia tuta vivo, in (the duration of) my whole life; or the preposition can be left out entirely, as in La tutan tagon mi laboradis, I used to work all day long. Dum, meaning while, is often used at the beginning of a sentence. Dume means meanwhile, or in the meantime.
Ĝis means till, until, up to, as far as. Atendu ĝis Sabato, Wait until Saturday. Iru ĝis la rivero, Go as far as the river.
Ĝis means until, up to, as far as. Wait until Saturday, Wait until Saturday. Go as far as the river, Go to the river.
Ĉirkaŭ means about or around, somewhere near (more or less). Ili ludis ĉirkaŭ la arbo, They played around the tree. Ĉirkaŭ Majo ni foriros, About May we shall go away.
Ĉirkaŭ means about or around, somewhere near (more or less). They played around the tree, They played around the tree. About May we shall go away, About May we shall go away.
koncerto, concert. flanko, side. sorto, fate. radio, ray. kupolo, cupola, dome. rublo, rouble. etaĝo, story (of building). doloro, pain, ache. |
vitro, glass (material). globo, globe. kolekt-, collect. prepar-, prepare. pes-, weigh (something). ekzist-, exist. pere-, perish. proksime, near to. |
Dum la tuta tago (aŭ, la tutan tagon) li restis sola. Dum (aŭ, en la daŭro de) kelkaj monatoj, ŝi ne eliradis el sia ĉambro. Li dormis dum la tuta koncerto (aŭ, la tutan koncerton). Dum daŭris la preparoj, li estis gasto ĉe la reĝo. Dum li veturas sur la vojo al Grenada, en Santa Fé estas decidata lia sorto.
Dum la tuta tago li restis sola. Dum kelkaj monatoj, ŝi ne eliradis el sia ĉambro. Li dormis dum la tuta koncerto. Dum daŭris la preparoj, li estis gasto ĉe la reĝo. Dum li veturas sur la vojo al Grenada, en Santa Fé estas decidata lia sorto.
Ili laboradis ĝis profunda nokto. La telero de la pesilo malleviĝis ĝis la tero. Ĝiaj radioj sin levadis ĝis la kupolo. Pruntu al mi dek rublojn ĝis morgaŭ. Li laboradis de frua mateno ĝis malfrua nokto. Li batalos ĝis la fino mem. Ni levadis nin ĉiam pli kaj pli alte ĝis la kvara etaĝo. Ĝi ekzistos ĝis la mondo pereos.
Ili worked until deep into the night. The scale's plate dropped to the ground. Its beams rose up to the dome. Lend me ten rubles until tomorrow. He worked from early morning until late at night. He will fight until the very end. We kept lifting ourselves higher and higher until the fourth floor. It will exist until the world perishes.
La reĝo venis ĉirkaŭ tagmezo en la vilaĝon Reading. Ĉirkaŭ la mateno la ventego finiĝis. Estos sufiĉe ĉirkaŭ dek metroj. Ĉiuj kolektiĝis ĉirkaŭ la vitra globo. Oni povas rigardi tre malproksime ĉirkaŭe. Ĉirkaŭe naĝis grandaj montoj de glacio. Li rigardis ĉirkaŭen sur ĉiuj flankoj.
La reĝo venis ĉirkaŭ tagmezo en la vilaĝon Reading. Ĉirkaŭ la mateno la ventego finiĝis. Estos sufiĉe ĉirkaŭ dek metroj. Ĉiuj kolektiĝis ĉirkaŭ la vitra globo. Oni povas rigardi tre malproksime ĉirkaŭe. Ĉirkaŭe naĝis grandaj montoj de glacio. Li rigardis ĉirkaŭen sur ĉiuj flankoj.
De means of, from, or by; it denotes (i.) possession, as La ĉapelo de la patro, The father's hat; (ii.), the agent of an action, as La letero estis skribata de Johano, The letter was written by John; (iii.), cause, Li mortis de febro, He died of fever; (iv.), starting point, from, since, as De tiu tempo neniu lin vidis, (Starting) from (since) that time nobody has seen him; Li venis de Parizo, He came from Paris.
De means of, from, or by; it indicates (i.) possession, as in La ĉapelo de la patro, The father's hat; (ii.) the agent of an action, as in La letero estis skribata de Johano, The letter was written by John; (iii.) cause, as in Li mortis de febro, He died of fever; (iv.) starting point, from, since, as in De tiu tempo neniu lin vidis, (Starting) from (since) that time nobody has seen him; Li venis de Parizo, He came from Paris.
Da means of; it is used after words signifying quantity, when the noun following has a general, not a particular sense, as Dekduo da kuleroj, A dozen spoons; Funto da teo, A pound of tea; Peco da pano, A piece of bread; but if some particular tea, bread, etc., is specified, de must be used, as Funto de la teo, A pound of the tea; Peco de la pano, A piece of the bread. La cannot be used after da.
Da means of; it's used after words that indicate quantity when the noun that follows has a general meaning, not a specific one, as in Dekduo da kuleroj, A dozen spoons; Funto da teo, A pound of tea; Peco da pano, A piece of bread; but if a specific tea, bread, etc., is mentioned, de must be used, as in Funto de la teo, A pound of the tea; Peco de la pano, A piece of the bread. La can't be used after da.
placo, place, square. velo, sail. drapo, cloth. ovo, egg. kilometro, kilometre. bordo, shore. amaso, crowd. aŭtuno, autumn. turo, tower. ĉevalo, horse. |
peco, piece. sumo, sum. inko, ink. najbaro, neighbour. mezuro, measure, sufer-, suffer. signif-, mean, signify. nigra, black. plena, full. |
La lumo de la luno. En la mezo de la placo staris domo. Li povis havi la aĝon de dekses jaroj. La tempo de ilia vivo estas ankoraŭ pli mallonga, ol de nia. Ili sin levis de apud la tablo. Mi pensis, ke vi de tie jam ne revenos. La ŝipanoj demetis la velojn. Li deiris de la ĉevalo.
La lumo de la luno. En la mezo de la placo staris domo. Li povis havi la aĝon de dekses jaroj. La tempo de ilia vivo estas ankoraŭ pli mallonga, ol de nia. Ili sin levis de apud la tablo. Mi pensis, ke vi de tie jam ne revenos. La ŝipanoj demetis la velojn. Li deiris de la ĉevalo.
Glaso de vino estas glaso, en kiu antaŭe sin trovis vino, aŭ kiun oni uzas por vino; glaso da vino estas glaso plena je vino. Alportu al mi metron da nigra drapo. (Metro de drapo signifus metron, kiu kuŝis sur drapo, aŭ kiu estas uzata por drapo). Mi aĉetis dekon da ovoj. Tiu ĉi rivero havas ducent kilometrojn da longo. Sur la bordo de la maro staris amaso da homoj. Multaj birdoj flugas en la aŭtuno en pli varmajn landojn. Sur la arbo sin trovis multe (aŭ multo) da birdoj. Kelkaj homoj sentas sin la plej feliĉaj, kiam ili vidas la suferojn de siaj najbaroj. En la ĉambro sidis nur kelke da homoj. "Da" post ia vorto montras, ke tiu ĉi vorto havas signifon de mezuro.
A glass of wine is a glass that previously had wine in it or that is used for wine; a glass of wine is a glass filled with wine. Bring me a meter of black fabric. (A meter of fabric would mean a meter that lies on fabric or that is used for fabric). I bought a dozen eggs. This river is two hundred kilometers long. On the shore of the sea stood a crowd of people. Many birds fly to warmer countries in the fall. There were a lot of birds in the tree. Some people feel the happiest when they see their neighbors' suffering. There were only a few people sitting in the room. "Da" after a word indicates that this word has a meaning of measurement.
Ĝi estas bela peco da ŝtofo. Sur la teleron li metis milojn da pecoj da arĝento. La lumoj brilas kiel centoj da steloj. Knabo aĉetis boteleton da inko. Ili konstruas turetojn enhavantajn multe da ĉambretoj. Li donis al ili grandan sumon da mono.
Ĝi estas bela peco da ŝtofo. Sur la teleron li metis milojn da pecoj da arĝento. La lumoj brilas kiel centoj da steloj. Knabo aĉetis boteleton da inko. Ili konstruas turetojn enhavantajn multe da ĉambretoj. Li donis al ili grandan sumon da mono.
Per and kun represent different uses of our word "with," so care must be taken to use the correct word.
Per and kun represent different uses of our word "with," so you need to be careful to use the right word.
Per signifies by means of; it denotes the instrument by means of which something is done, as Per hakilo ni hakas, By means of an axe we chop.
Per means by means of; it refers to the tool used to accomplish something, like Per hakilo ni hakas, By using an axe we chop.
Kun means in company with, accompanying. Li iros kun mi, He will go with me.
Kun means with, together with. Li iros kun mi, He will go with me.
Sen means without as Teo sen sukero, Tea without sugar. It is used as a prefix to denote absence of something, as sen-utila, without use, useless (compare with mal, which denotes the exact opposite; malutila means harmful, noxious).
Sen means without, as in Teo sen sukero, which translates to tea without sugar. It’s used as a prefix to indicate the absence of something, like sen-utila, meaning without use or useless (in contrast to mal, which indicates the exact opposite; malutila means harmful, noxious).
envio, envy. ŝaŭmo, foam, froth. fiŝo, fish. vosto, tail. pentraĵo, painting. reĝido, prince (king's son). princo, prince. ondo, wave. membro, member. tataro, Tartar. |
folio, leaf. fadeno, thread. lud-, play. pentr-, paint. flar-, smell (something). pel-, drive. kovr-, cover. ĉes-, cease. mov-, move (something). kune, together. |
Mi manĝas per la buŝo, kaj flaras per la nazo. Ŝi surpaŝis per piedo sur la serpenton. Ĝi enkovris la belegan lilion per blanka ŝaŭmo. La korpo finiĝis per fiŝa vosto. Ĉiuj muroj estas ornamitaj per grandaj pentraĵoj. Per tie ĉi, kaj ne per alia vojo, la ŝtelisto forkuris. Per kia maniero oni povas veni en la landon de oro? Per tia maniero. Per unu vorto. La stelo Venus ekbrulis per envio.
Mi manĝas per la buŝo, kaj flaras per la nazo. Ŝi surpaŝis per piedo sur la serpenton. Ĝi enkapsulis la belegan lilion per blanka ŝaŭmo. La korpo finiĝis per fiŝa vosto. Ĉiuj muroj estas ornamitaj per grandaj pentraĵoj. Per ĉi tie, kaj ne per alia vojo, la ŝtelisto forkuris. Per kia maniero oni povas veni en la landon de oro? Per tia maniero. Per unu vorto. La stelo Venus ekbrulis pro envio.
Ŝi volis ludi kun ili, sed kun teruro ili forkuris. Kun kia atento ŝi aŭskultis tiujn ĉi rakontojn! La plej bela el ili estis la juna reĝido kun la grandaj nigraj okuloj. Tien ĉi alnaĝis la virineto de maro kun la bela princo. Kun plezuro. Kun ĉiu jaro la nombro de la membroj rapide kreskis.
Ŝi volis ludi kun ili, sed ili forkuris kun timo. Kiom atente ŝi aŭskultis tiujn rakontojn! La plej bela el ili estis la juna reĝido kun la grandaj nigraj okuloj. La virineto de maro alnaĝis kun la bela princo. Kun plezuro. Ĉiu jaro, la nombro de la membroj rapide kreskis.
La tataro restis sen bona ĉevalo kaj sen manĝo. Li preskaŭ sen vivo estis pelata de la ondoj. Ili teksis per ĉiuj fortoj, sed sen fadenoj. Li senvorte obeis. La folioj sin movis (or moviĝis) senĉese. Li kreis sennombrajn birdojn.
La tataro stayed without a good horse and without food. He was driven almost lifeless by the waves. They wove with all their strength, but without threads. He obeyed wordlessly. The leaves moved (or were moving) continuously. He created countless birds.
Por means for, in order to, for the purpose of, for the benefit of, as Li aĉetis inkon por skribi, He bought ink in order to write. Por is one of the three prepositions used before verbs in the Infinitive.
Por means for, in order to, for the purpose of, for the benefit of, as in Li aĉetis inkon por skribi, He bought ink to write. Por is one of the three prepositions used before verbs in the infinitive.
Pro means for, because of, on account of, for the sake of (cause), as Li demandis ŝin, pro kio ŝi ploras, He asked her, for what (reason or cause) she weeps.
Pro means for, because of, on account of, for the sake of (cause), as Li demandis ŝin, pro kio ŝi ploras, He asked her why she was crying.
Por looks forward to the aim or purpose of the action, to that which comes after the action, while pro looks back to what came before the action and caused it to be done, as Mi manĝas pro malsato por vivi, I eat because of hunger in order to live.
Por focuses on the goal or purpose of the action, on what happens after the action, while pro looks back at what came before the action and prompted it to occur, as in Mi manĝas pro malsato por vivi, I eat because of hunger in order to live.
ofico, office. mastro, master. kafo, coffee. bieno, property. kaŭzo, cause. |
vend-, sell. konvink-, convince. kontenta, content, pleased. sata, satiated. |
Li sin kuracis por resaniĝi. Ŝi havis multege por rakonti. Li iris en la preĝejon, por fari la konfeson. Por iel pasigi la tempon. Neniu pli bone taŭgas por sia ofico, ol li. Li uzis ĉiajn siajn fortojn por kontentigi sian mastron. Por mi estas tute egale, kie ajn mi loĝas. Prenu (la pagon) por la kafo.
Li was trying to recover. She had so much to share. He went to the church to make a confession. To somehow pass the time. No one is more suited for his role than he is. He used all his strength to please his master. For me, it doesn't matter where I live. Take (the payment) for the coffee.
Li mortis pro (aŭ, de) malsato. Mi havis tre bonan bienon, kiu estis vendita pro ŝuldoj. Pro la ĉielo, ne faru tion ĉi. Li estis konvinkita, ke li pro si ne devas timi. Pro tio ĉi Venus lumas pli forte, ol multaj aliaj steloj. Ĉu pro tio, aŭ ĉu pro ia alia kaŭzo, mi ne scias.
Li died of hunger. I had a very nice estate, which was sold due to debts. For heaven's sake, don't do this. He was convinced that he shouldn't be afraid for himself. Because of this, Venus shines brighter than many other stars. Whether it's because of that, or some other reason, I don't know.
Pri means concerning, in regard to, about, as Ni parolis pri nia amiko, We spoke about or concerning our friend.
Pri means about, regarding, as Ni parolis pri nia amiko, We talked about our friend.
Pripensi, to think about, to consider. Priparoli, to speak about. Priskribi, to describe.
Pripensi, to think about, to consider. Priparoli, to talk about. Priskribi, to describe.
Laŭ means according to, in accordance with, as Laŭ mia opinio, According to (or, in) my opinion.
Laŭ means according to, in accordance with, as Laŭ mia opinio, According to (or, in) my opinion.
Laŭlonge, lengthways.
Lengthways.
konko, shell komando, command. eksteraĵo, exterior. portreto, portrait. boneco, goodness. fojo, time. |
afero, affair, matter. honesteco, honesty. konvena, suitable, proper, respectable. sonĝ-, dream. ŝajn-, seem, appear. |
Ŝi volis kredi, ke la hebreo parolas pri iu alia. Nun la virino havas ĉion, ŝi pri nenio povas peti. Pri tio ĉi ne pensu. Tion oni vere ne povas diri pri vi. Estis ankoraŭ multaj aferoj, pri kiuj ili volis scii. Li ne povis eĉ sonĝi pri ŝi. Ŝi demandadis pri tio la maljunan avinon.
Ŝi volis kredi, ke la hebreo parolas pri iu alia. Nun la virino havas ĉion, ŝi ne povas peti pri io. Pri tio ĉi ne pensu. Tion oni vere ne povas diri pri vi. Estis ankoraŭ multaj aferoj, pri kiuj ili volis scii. Li ne povis eĉ sonĝi pri ŝi. Ŝi demandadis pri tio la maljunan avinon.
Mi restas tie ĉi laŭ la ordono de mia estro. Li ekiris laŭ tiu ĉi rivero. Ili havis la permeson supreniri ĉiufoje laŭ sia volo. Ŝi povis laŭ sia plaĉo fosi kaj planti. La konkoj sin fermas kaj malfermas laŭ la fluo de la akvo. Laŭ sia eksteraĵo li ŝajnis konvena homo. Laŭ la komando "tri" vi ekpafos sur la arbon. La pli juna filino estis la plena portreto de sia patro laŭ sia boneco kaj honesteco.
Mi estas ĉi tie laŭ la ordono de mia estro. Li ekiris laŭ ĉi tiu rivero. Ili havis la permeson supreniri kiam ajn ili volis. Ŝi povis laŭ sia plaĉo fosi kaj planti. La konkoj fermigas kaj malfermas laŭ la fluo de la akvo. De liaj aspektoj, li ŝajnis esti taŭga persono. Ĉe la komando "tri," vi pafos sur la arbon. La pli junulo filino estis la plena bildo de sia patro en sia bono kaj honesteco.
Kontraŭ means against, opposite, or in opposition to as Li kuraĝe batalis kune kun ni kontraŭ niaj malamikoj, He courageously fought with us against our enemies. It is also used in the sense of overlooking, as La fenestro kontraŭ la strato, The window overlooking the street; and of facing, as Vizaĝo kontraŭ vizaĝo, Face to face. Kontraŭdiri, to contradict.
Kontraŭ means against, opposite, or in opposition to as in He fought bravely with us against our enemies. It is also used in the sense of overlooking, as in The window overlooking the street; and of facing, as in Face to face. Kontraŭdiri means to contradict.
Anstataŭ means instead of, in the place of, as Mi iris Londonon anstataŭ Parizon, I went to London instead of to Paris. Mi iris hieraŭ anstataŭ morgaŭ, I went yesterday instead of to-morrow. Anstataŭ piediri, li veturis, Instead of going on foot, he drove. Anstataŭi, to take (or, be in) the place of; anstataŭigi, to put in the place of, to replace (by).
Anstataŭ means instead of, in the place of, as in Mi iris Londonon anstataŭ Parizon, I went to London instead of Paris. Mi iris hieraŭ anstataŭ morgaŭ, I went yesterday instead of tomorrow. Anstataŭ piediri, li veturis, Instead of walking, he drove. Anstataŭi, to take (or, be in) the place of; anstataŭigi, to put in the place of, to replace (by).
Krom means not including, in addition to, besides, as En la ĉambro estis neniu krom li, In the room there was nobody except him. La knabo estas granda, kaj krom tio, li estas bona. The boy is tall, and besides that, he is good.
Krom means not including, in addition to, besides, as in En la ĉambro estis neniu krom li, In the room there was nobody except him. La knabo estas granda, kaj krom tio, li estas bona. The boy is tall, and besides that, he is good.
rimedo, a means, remedy. kutimo, custom. profesoro, professor, reflektoro, reflector. fianĉo, betrothed. flanko, side. teo, tea. |
sukero, sugar. kremo, cream. prepozicio, preposition. vokalo, vowel. abomeno, disgust. ordinara, ordinary. |
Vi havas rimedojn kontraŭ ĉiuj malsanoj. Kion povas fari li sola kontraŭ cent homoj? Kontraŭ sia kutimo, la profesoro nenion diris. Ĝi flugis kontraŭ la reflektoron. Kontraŭ sia propra volo ŝi tion ĉi konfesis. Li eksentis ian abomenon kontraŭ si. La kontraŭa flanko. Ili sidiĝis unu kontraŭ la alia. Ŝi estis maljusta kontraŭ li. Kontraŭ la ordinaro, la nombro de la dancantoj estis granda.
Vi have resources against all diseases. What can one person do against a hundred? Contrary to his usual behavior, the professor said nothing. It flew against the spotlight. Against her own will, she confessed this. He felt some disgust towards himself. The opposite side. They sat facing each other. She was unfair to him. Contrary to what is usual, the number of dancers was large.
Anstataŭ li, oni sendis lian fraton. Anstataŭ eliri, li restis en la domo. Okulo anstataŭ okulo, kaj dento anstataŭ dento. Anstataŭ kafo li donis al mi teon kun sukero sed sen kremo. Anstataŭ "la" oni povas ankaŭ diri "l'" (sed nur post prepozicio, kiu finiĝas per vokalo).
Anstataŭ li, they sent his brother. Instead of going out, he stayed at home. Eye for an eye, and tooth for a tooth. Instead of coffee, he gave me tea with sugar but no cream. Instead of "the," you can also say "l'" (but only after a preposition that ends with a vowel).
En la salono staris neniu krom li kaj lia fianĉino. Krom la malplena teksilo nenio estis. Krom ni mem, ni havis tre malmulte por enporti. Ŝi volis havi, krom la ruĝaj floroj, nur unu belan statuon. Ĉiuj dormis, krom la direktilisto apud sia direktilo. Krom la membroj alveturas multe da gastoj.
En la salono, krom li kaj lia fianĉino, ne estis neniu. Krom la malplena teksilo, nenio estis tie. Krom ni mem, ni havis tre malmulton por enporti. Ŝi volis havi, krom la ruĝaj floroj, nur unu belan statuon. Ĉiuj dormis, krom la ship captain apud sia direktilo. Krom la membroj, alveturas multaj gastoj.
Malgraŭ means in spite of, notwithstanding, as Li sukcesis malgraŭ ĉio, He succeeded in spite of everything.
Malgraŭ means in spite of, notwithstanding, as He succeeded in spite of everything.
Spite is a stronger expression than "malgraŭ"; it means in defiance of all opposition, despite, as Li faris tion, spite la malpermeso, He did that, in spite of being forbidden.
Spite is a stronger expression than "malgraŭ"; it means in defiance of all opposition, despite, as Li faris tion, spite la malpermeso, He did that, in spite of being forbidden.
Po means at the rate of, as Mi aĉetis dekduon da ovoj po unu penco, I bought a dozen eggs at (the rate of) a penny (each). Poduone, by halves. Po grande, wholesale; po malgrande, retail.
Po means at the rate of, as in Mi aĉetis dekduon da ovoj po unu penco, I bought a dozen eggs at (the rate of) a penny (each). Poduone, by halves. Po grande, wholesale; po malgrande, retail.
As already said (see Lesson 26), je is the only preposition which has no meaning of its own. It is used when a preposition is needed, and none of the others properly expresses the idea, as La kruĉo estas plena je (or, de) akvo, The jug is full of water. Mi enuas je la hejmo, I am tired of home.
As mentioned earlier (see Lesson 26), je is the only preposition that doesn't have its own meaning. It's used when a preposition is needed, but none of the others accurately convey the idea, as in La kruĉo estas plena je (or, de) akvo, meaning The jug is full of water. Mi enuas je la hejmo, which translates to I am tired of home.
mastrumaĵo, household
affairs. fungo, mushroom. senco, sense, meaning. regulo, rule. klareco, clearness. akuzativo, accusative. nobeleco, nobility (of birth). |
honoro, honour. libereco, freedom, liberty. kulpo, fault. simila, similar, like. komuna, common to. kri-, cry. sopir-, sigh for, long for. ekzemple, for example. |
Li multe laboris, sed malgraŭ ĉio, li ne sukcesis. Estis ankoraŭ sufiĉe varme, malgraŭ ke la suno staris malalte. Ili estos severe punataj, se ili, malgraŭ la malpermeso, pekos kontraŭ la libereco de la vojo. Spite ĉiuj miaj penoj por malhelpi lin, li foriris.
Li worked a lot, but despite everything, he didn't succeed. It was still quite warm, even though the sun was low in the sky. They would be severely punished if they went against the freedom of the road, despite the ban. In spite of all my efforts to stop him, he left.
Por miaj kvar infanoj mi aĉetis dek du pomojn, kaj al ĉiu el la infanoj mi donis po tri pomoj. Ili povas kosti po tri ĝis kvin ŝilingoj. Tiu ĉi libro havas sesdek paĝojn; tial se mi legos en ĉiu tago po dekkvin paĝoj, mi finos la tutan libron en kvar tagoj. Mi aĉetis kvar librojn po ses pencoj.
Por miaj kvar infanoj mi aĉetis dek du pomojn, kaj al ĉiu el la infanoj mi donis po tri pomojn. Ili povas kosti po tri ĝis kvin ŝilingoj. Tiu ĉi libro havas sesdek paĝojn; tial se mi legos en ĉiu tago po dekkvin paĝoj, mi finos la tutan libron en kvar tagoj. Mi aĉetis kvar librojn po ses pencoj.
Ni estis nur okupitaj je kelkaj mastrumaĵoj. La konstruo estas simila je fungo. Ili forkuris, kiam la virino ekkriis je ili. Je la vespero la ĉielo kovriĝis je nuboj. El timo je Karagara mi forkuris. Ŝi estis tre fiera je sia nobeleco. La hundo sincere malĝojis je li. Neniu el ili estis tiel plena je deziroj, kiel la plej juna knabino. Je vorto de honoro.
Ni estis nur okupiĝantaj pri kelkaj taskoj. La konstruo estas simila al fungo. Ili forkuris, kiam la virino ekkriis al ili. Vespere la ĉielo kovriĝis per nuboj. El timo je Karagara, mi forkuris. Ŝi estis tre fiera pri sia nobeleco. La hundo sincere malĝojis pro li. Neniu el ili estis tiel plena de deziroj, kiel la plej juna knabino. Je vorto de honoro.
Se ni bezonas uzi prepozicion, kaj la senco ne montras al ni, kian prepozicion uzi, tiam ni povas uzi la komunan prepozicion "je." Sed estas bone uzadi la vorton "je" kiel eble pli malofte. Anstataŭ la vorto "je" ni povas ankaŭ uzi akuzativon sen prepozicio.—Mi ridas je lia naiveco (aŭ, mi ridas pro lia naiveco; aŭ mi ridas lian naivecon).—Je la lasta fojo mi vidas lin ĉe vi (aŭ, la lastan fojon).—Mi veturis du tagojn kaj unu nokton.—Mi sopiras je mia perdita feliĉo (aŭ, mian perditan feliĉon).—El la dirita regulo sekvas, ke se ni pri ia verbo ne scias, ĉu ĝi postulas post si la akuzativon (t.e.=tio estas, ĉu ĝi estas aktiva) aŭ ne, ni povas ĉiam uzi la akuzativon. Ekzemple, ni povas diri "obei al la patro" kaj "obei la patron" (anstataŭ, "obei je la patro"). Sed ni ne uzas la akuzativon tiam, kiam la klareco de la senco tion ĉi malpermesas; ekzemple: ni povas diri "pardoni al la malamiko" kaj "pardoni la malamikon," sed ni devas diri ĉiam "pardoni al la malamiko lian kulpon."
If we need to use a preposition and the meaning doesn't indicate which one to use, we can use the common preposition "je." However, it's best to use "je" as infrequently as possible. Instead of the word "je," we can also use the accusative without a preposition. —I laugh at his naivety (or, I laugh because of his naivety; or I laugh at his naivety). —The last time I see him at your place (or, the last time). —I traveled for two days and one night. —I long for my lost happiness (or, my lost happiness). —From the rule stated, it follows that if we don't know whether a certain verb requires the accusative (i.e., whether it’s active) or not, we can always use the accusative. For example, we can say "obey to the father" and "obey the father" (instead of "obey je the father"). But we don't use the accusative when clarity of meaning prohibits it; for instance, we can say "forgive the enemy" and "forgive the enemy," but we must always say "forgive the enemy his fault."
-aĵ- denotes a thing (i.) made from or of the substance named, or (ii.) having the quality or character named, or (iii.) resulting from the action expressed by the word to which it is added, as Ovo, an egg, ovaĵo, something made of eggs, an omelette; Mirinda, wonderful, mirindaĵo, a wonderful thing, a wonder; Trovi, to find, trovaĵo (or, trovitaĵo), a thing found.
-aĵ- represents a thing (i.) made from or of the substance mentioned, or (ii.) having the quality or character described, or (iii.) resulting from the action expressed by the word it is added to, like Ovo, an egg, ovaĵo, something made of eggs, an omelette; Mirinda, wonderful, mirindaĵo, a wonderful thing, a wonder; Trovi, to find, trovaĵo (or, trovitaĵo), a thing found.
-ec- denotes quality; it forms the name of a quality; as, Bona, good; boneco, goodness. Riĉa, rich; riĉeco, richness. Akurata, accurate, prompt; akurateco, accuracy. Mola, soft; molaĵo, a soft thing; moleco, softness. Amiko, a friend; amikaĵo, a friendly act; amikeco, friendliness, friendship. Eco, quality.
-ec- indicates quality; it creates the name of a quality; for example, Bona, good; boneco, goodness. Riĉa, rich; riĉeco, richness. Akurata, accurate, prompt; akurateco, accuracy. Mola, soft; molaĵo, a soft thing; moleco, softness. Amiko, a friend; amikaĵo, a friendly act; amikeco, friendliness, friendship. Eco, quality.
kuko, cake. ligno, wood (substance). alkoholo, alcohol. araneo, spider. ceremonio, ceremony. heroo, hero. frandaĵo, a dainty. acido, acid. vinagro, vinegar. sulfuro, sulphur. azotacido, nitric acid. |
lago, lake. objekto, object, thing. tren-, drag. fotograf-, photograph. konfit-, preserve with sugar. pak-, pack. la ceteraj, the rest, remainder. mirinda, wonderful. peza, heavy. oportuna, convenient. |
La fotografisto fotografis min, kaj mi sendis mian fotografaĵon al mia patro. Vi parolas sensencaĵon, mia amiko. Mi trinkis teon kun kuko kaj konfitaĵo. Akvo estas fluidaĵo. Mi ne volis trinki la vinon, ĉar ĝi enhavis en si ian malklaraĵon. Sur la tablo staris diversaj sukeraĵoj. Mi manĝis bongustan ovaĵon. Kiam mi ien veturas, mi neniam prenas kun mi multon da pakaĵo. Glaciaĵo estas dolĉa glaciigita frandaĵo. La tuta supraĵo de la lago estis kovrita per naĝantaj folioj kaj diversaj aliaj kreskaĵoj. La lignisto vendas lignon, kaj la lignaĵisto faras tablojn, seĝojn kaj aliajn lignajn objektojn. Mi uzas nenian alkoholaĵon. Lia maljuna patrino kondukis la mastraĵon de la domo. "Malbonan eksteraĵon li havis," respondis la hebreo. Ŝi pripensis la faritaĵojn de la tago pasinta. Ĝi estas tiel malpeza, kiel araneaĵo. La trenaĵo de la vesto estis longa. Ili sin movas, kiel vivaj estaĵoj.
La fotografo miĝis min, kaj mi sendis mian foton al mia patro. Vi parolas sensencaĵon, mia amiko. Mi trinkis teon kun kuko kaj konfitaĵo. Akvo estas likvaĵo. Mi ne volis trinki la vinon, ĉar ĝi enhavis ian malklaraĵon. Sur la tablo estis diversaj dolĉaĵoj. Mi manĝis bongustan ovon. Kiam mi veturas, mi neniam prenas pli ol kelkajn pakaĵojn kun mi. Glaciaĵo estas dolĉa, glaciigita deserto. La tuta surfaco de la lago estis kovrita per naĝantaj folioj kaj diversaj aliaj plantoj. La lignisto vendas lignon, kaj la lignaĵisto faras tablojn, seĝojn, kaj aliajn lignajn aĵojn. Mi ne uzas alkoholaĵon. Lia maljuna patrino prizorgis la mastraĵon de la domo. "Malbona eksteraĵo li havis," respondis la hebreo. Ŝi pripensis la faritaĵojn de la pasinta tago. Ĝi estas tiel malpeza kiel araneaĵo. La trenaĵo de la vesto estis longa. Ili moviĝas, kiel vivaj estaĵoj.
Li amas tiun ĉi knabinon pro ŝia beleco kaj boneco. Lia heroeco tre plaĉis al mi. Mi vivas kun ili en granda amikeco. Ni estas ja en la proksimeco de la rivero. Tio ĉi estas la plej grava eco. Kortega ceremonio postulas maloportunecon. La riĉeco de tiu ĉi homo estas granda, sed lia malsaĝeco estas ankoraŭ pli granda.
Li loves this girl for her beauty and kindness. His heroism pleases me a lot. I live with them in great friendship. We are indeed close to the river. This is the most important quality. A courtly ceremony requires awkwardness. The wealth of this man is great, but his foolishness is even greater.
En tiuj ĉi boteletoj sin trovas (troviĝas) diversaj acidoj, vinagro, sulfuracido, azotacido kaj aliaj. La acideco de tiu ĉi vinagro estas tre malforta. Via vino estas nur ia abomena acidaĵo. Tiu ĉi granda altaĵo ne estas natura monto. La alteco de tiu monto ne, estas tre granda.
En tiuj ĉi boteletoj troviĝas diversaj acidoj, vinagro, sulfuracido, azotacido kaj aliaj. La acideco de tiu ĉi vinagro estas tre malforta. Via vino estas nur iom abomena acidaĵo. Tiu ĉi granda altaĵo ne estas natura monto. La alteco de tiu monto ne estas tre granda.
The suffix -ej- denotes a place specially used for a certain purpose, as Tombo, a tomb; tombejo, a cemetery. Ĉevalo, a horse; ĉevalejo, a stable. Mallibera, captive malliberejo, a prison.
The suffix -ej- indicates a place specifically used for a certain purpose, like Tombo, a tomb; tombejo, a cemetery. Ĉevalo, a horse; ĉevalejo, a stable. Mallibera, captive malliberejo, a prison.
-uj- denotes that which contains or produces, or bears (as countries, fruit-trees, receptacles, etc.), as Anglo, an Englishman: Anglujo, England. Hispano, a Spaniard; Hispanujo Spain (lando is also used, as Skotlando). Pomo, an apple; pomujo, an apple tree (arbo is also used, as pomarbo). Abelo, a bee; abelujo, a beehive. Sukerujo, a sugar-basin; Ujo, a receptacle.
-uj- indicates something that contains or produces, or bears (like countries, fruit trees, containers, etc.), such as Anglo, meaning an Englishman: Anglujo, referring to England. Hispano, a Spaniard; Hispanujo, Spain (the term lando is also used, as in Skotlando). Pomo refers to an apple; pomujo means an apple tree (the term arbo is also used, as in pomarbo). Abelo is a bee; abelujo means a beehive. Sukerujo is a sugar bowl; Ujo means a container.
-ing- signifies a holder, case, or sheath for one thing, as Fingro, a finger; fingringo, a thimble. Piedo, a foot; piedingo, a stirrup. Glavo, a sword; glavingo, a sword-sheath. Ingo, a sheath.
-ing- indicates a holder, case, or sheath for something, like Fingro, which means finger; fingringo, which refers to a thimble. Piedo means foot; piedingo refers to a stirrup. Glavo means sword; glavingo means a sword sheath. Ingo means a sheath.
skatolo, box. hufo, hoof. pantalono, trousers. cigaro, cigar. tubo, tube. monaĥo, monk. magazeno, magazine, warehouse. |
objekto, object, thing. glavo, sword, konsil-, counsel, advise. ŝvit-, sweat, perspire. sorb-, absorb. ban-, bathe (oneself or another). |
La domo, en kiu oni lernas, estas lernejo, kaj la domo, en kiu oni preĝas, estas preĝejo. La kuiristo sidas en la kuirejo. La kuracisto konsilas al mi iri en ŝvitbanejon. La ĉevalo metis unu hufon sur serpentejon. La virino promenadis tra belegaj arbaroj kaj herbejoj. Li venis en sian loĝejon. Li haltis apud la pordego de la monaĥejo.
La casa donde se aprende es una escuela, y la casa donde se reza es una iglesia. El cocinero está en la cocina. El doctor me aconsejó ir a una sauna. El caballo puso una pezuña sobre una serpiente. La mujer paseaba por hermosos bosques y praderas. Él llegó a su apartamento. Se detuvo junto a la puerta del monasterio.
La rusoj loĝas en Rusujo, kaj la germanoj en Germanujo. Mia skribilaro konsistas el inkujo, sablujo, kelke da plumoj, krajono, kaj inksorbilo. En la poŝo de mia pantalono mi portas monujon, kaj en la poŝo de mia surtuto mi portas paperujon; pli grandan paperujon mi portas sub la brako. Metu sur la tablon la sukerujon, la teujon, kaj la tekruĉon.
La rusians live in Russia, and the Germans live in Germany. My writing kit consists of an ink pot, sand box, a few pens, a pencil, and an ink blotter. In the pocket of my trousers, I carry a wallet, and in the pocket of my jacket, I carry a notebook; I carry a larger notebook under my arm. Put the sugar bowl, the teapot, and the kettle on the table.
Magazeno, en kiu oni vendas cigarojn, aŭ ĉambro, en kiu oni tenas cigarojn, estas cigarejo; skatoleto aŭ alia objekto, en kiu oni tenas cigarojn, estas cigarujo; tubeto, en kiun oni metas cigaron, kiam oni ĝin fumas, estas cigaringo. Skatoleto, en kiu oni tenas plumojn, estas plumujo, kaj bastoneto, sur kiu oni tenas plumon por skribadi, estas plumingo. En la kandelingo sidis brulanta kandelo.
Magazin, where they sell cigars, or a room where cigars are kept, is a cigar shop; a box or another object used to hold cigars is a cigar case; a small tube that you put a cigar in when you smoke it is a cigar holder. A box that holds pens is a pen case, and a small stick used to hold a pen while writing is a pen holder. In the candlestick sat a burning candle.
The prefix ge- signifies both sexes taken together, as gepatroj, parents. Gefratoj, brothers and sisters. Gereĝoj, king and queen (the word formed is, of course, always plural).
The prefix ge- means both genders combined, like in gepatroj, which means parents. Gefratoj refers to brothers and sisters. Gereĝoj stands for king and queen (the term is always plural).
The prefix bo- denotes relationship by marriage, as bopatro, father-in-law; bofilo, son-in-law.
The prefix bo- indicates relationship by marriage, such as bopatro, father-in-law; bofilo, son-in-law.
The suffix -id- signifies the offspring or descendant, as Reĝo a king; reĝido, a king's son, a prince. Kato, a cat; katido, a kitten. Ŝafo, a sheep; ŝafido, a lamb.
The suffix -id- means offspring or descendant, like Reĝo for a king; reĝido for a king's son, or a prince. Kato means cat; katido means kitten. Ŝafo is sheep; ŝafido is a lamb.
The prefix pra- means of generations ago, great-, grand-, as, avo, grandfather; pra-avo, great-grand-father. It is also used for descendants, as pra-nepo, great-grandson. Praa, primitive or primeval.
The prefix pra- means from generations ago, great-, grand-, like avo, grandfather; pra-avo, great-grandfather. It's also used for descendants, like pra-nepo, great-grandson. Praa means primitive or primeval.
The suffix -ĉj- is added to men's names and -nj- to women's names to form pet names, part of the name being left out, as Petro, Peter; Peĉjo, Pete. Klaro, Clara; Klanjo, Clarrie. Paĉjo (from patro), papa; panjo, mamma.
The suffix -ĉj- is added to men's names and -nj- to women's names to create pet names, with part of the original name being shortened, as in Petro, Peter; Peĉjo, Pete. Klaro, Clara; Klanjo, Clarrie. Paĉjo (from patro), dad; panjo, mom.
altaro, altar. parenco, relation. doktoro, doctor (law, etc.). stato, state, condition. koko, cock. |
gratul-, congratulate. deven-, originate, descend from. adres-, address (a letter). telegraf-, telegraph. |
Patro kaj patrino kune estas nomataj gepatroj. Petro, Anno, kaj Elizabeto estas miaj gefratoj. Gesinjoroj N. hodiaŭ vespere venos al ni. La gefianĉoj staris apud la altaro. Mi gratulis telegrafe la junajn geedzojn. La gereĝoj forveturis Kordovon. Ŝi edziniĝis kun sia kuzo, kvankam ŝiaj gepatroj volis ŝin edzinigi kun alia persono.
Pat and his mom are called parents together. Peter, Anna, and Elizabeth are my siblings. Mr. and Mrs. N. are coming over this evening. The engaged couple stood by the altar. I congratulated the young couple via telegram. The kings traveled to Cordoba. She married her cousin, even though her parents wanted her to marry someone else.
La patro de mia edzino estas mia bopatro, mi estas lia bofilo, kaj mia patro estas la bopatro de mia edzino. Ĉiuj parencoj de mia edzino estas miaj boparencoj, sekve ŝia frato estas mia bofrato, ŝia fratino estas mia bofratino; mia frato kaj fratino (gefratoj) estas la bogefratoj de mia edzino. La edzino de mia nevo, kaj la nevino de mia edzino estas miaj bonevinoj. Virino, kiu kuracas, estas kuracistino; edzino de kuracisto estas kuracistedzino. La doktoredzino A. vizitis hodiaŭ la gedoktorojn P. Li ne estas lavisto, li estas lavistinedzo.
La madre de mi esposa es mi suegra, yo soy su yerno, y mi padre es el suegro de mi esposa. Todos los parientes de mi esposa son mis parientes políticos, así que su hermano es mi cuñado, su hermana es mi cuñada; mi hermano y hermana (hermanos) son los cuñados de mi esposa. La esposa de mi sobrino y la sobrina de mi esposa son mis cuñadas. La mujer que cura es doctora; la esposa de un doctor es la doctora esposa. La doctora A. visitó hoy a los doctores P. Él no es un barbero, él es el esposo de una barber.
La filoj, nepoj kaj pranepoj de reĝo estas reĝidoj. La hebreoj estas Izraelidoj, ĉar ili devenas de Izraelo. Ĉevalido estas nematura ĉevalo, kokido nematura koko, bovido nematura bovo, birdido nematura birdo. Tiu bela tero trovis sin en tre praa stato.
La filoj, nepoj kaj pranepoj de reĝo estas reĝidoj. La hebreoj estas Izraelidoj, ĉar ili devenas de Izraelo. Ĉevalido estas nematura ĉevalo, kokido nematura koko, bovido nematura bovo, birdido nematura birdo. Tiu bela tero trovis sin en tre praa stato.
Johanon, Nikolaon, Erneston, Vilhelmon, Marion, Klaron kaj Sofion iliaj gepatroj nomas Johanĉjo (aŭ Joĉjo), Nikolĉjo (aŭ Nikoĉjo, aŭ Niĉjo), Erneĉjo (aŭ Erĉjo), Vilhelĉjo (aŭ Vilheĉjo, aŭ Vilĉjo, aŭ Viĉjo), Manjo (aŭ Marinjo), Klanjo kaj Sonjo (aŭ Sofinjo).
Johanon, Nikolaon, Erneston, Vilhelmon, Marion, Klaron, and Sofion are named by their parents Johanĉjo (or Joĉjo), Nikolĉjo (or Nikoĉjo, or Niĉjo), Erneĉjo (or Erĉjo), Vilhelĉjo (or Vilheĉjo, or Vilĉjo, or Viĉjo), Manjo (or Marinjo), Klanjo, and Sonjo (or Sofinjo).
These three suffixes are used to form adjectives.
These three suffixes are used to create adjectives.
-ebl- means possible to be what the word to which it is added signifies, as Vidi, to see; videbla, able to be seen; Aŭdi, to hear; aŭdebla, able to be heard, audible; Movi, to move; movebla, movable; Ebla, possible; eble, possibly.
-ebl- means able to be what the word attached to it signifies, like Vidi, to see; videbla, able to be seen; Aŭdi, to hear; aŭdebla, able to be heard, audible; Movi, to move; movebla, movable; Ebla, possible; eble, possibly.
-ind- means worthy of what the word denotes, as Honoro, honour; honorinda, honourable, worthy of honour; Honti, to be ashamed; hontinda, shameful; Indo, worth; inda, worthy of.
-ind- means worthy of what the word signifies, as Honoro, honor; honorinda, honorable, worthy of honor; Honti, to feel shame; hontinda, shameful; Indo, worth; inda, worthy of.
-em- means having an inclination towards or propensity for, or being disposed towards something as Forgesi, to forget; forgesema, forgetful; Servi to serve; servema, willing to serve, obliging. Ema fond of.
-em- means having an inclination towards or propensity for, or being disposed towards something like Forgesi, to forget; forgesema, forgetful; Servi, to serve; servema, willing to serve, obliging. Ema means fond of.
The difference between the three suffixes is shown by the following words:—
The difference between the three suffixes is shown by the following words:—
Kredebla, possible of belief; kredinda, worthy of belief; kredema, having a tendency to believe readily, credulous.
Kredebla, able to be believed; kredinda, deserving of belief; kredema, inclined to believe easily, gullible.
Legebla, able to be read; leginda, worthy of being read; legema, fond of reading, inclined to read.
Legebla, something you can read; leginda, something worth reading; legema, someone who loves to read, inclined to read.
ŝtalo, steel. spirito, spirit, bagatelo, trifle. fleks-, bend. laŭd-, praise. renvers-, turn over. |
memor-, remember. ekscit-, excite. venĝ-, revenge. kredeble, probably. kompreneble, of course. |
Ŝtalo estas fleksebla, sed fero ne estas fleksebla. Ne ĉiu kreskaĵo estas manĝebla. Vitro estas rompebla kaj travidebla. Via parolo estas tute nekomprenebla, kaj viaj leteroj estas ĉiam skribitaj tute nelegeble. La mallumo estas netrapenetrebla. Li rakontis al mi historion tute nekredeblan. Eble mi povos helpi al vi. Ĉu vi amas vian patron? Kia demando! kompreneble, ke mi lin amas. Mi kredeble ne povos veni al vi hodiaŭ, ĉar mi pensas, ke mi mem havos hodiaŭ gastojn. La tablo staras malrekte kaj kredeble baldaŭ renversiĝos. Li faris sian eblon.
Stalemate is flexible, but iron is not flexible. Not every plant is edible. Glass is breakable and transparent. Your speech is completely unintelligible, and your letters are always written completely illegibly. The darkness is impenetrable. He told me a story that was totally unbelievable. Maybe I can help you. Do you love your father? What a question! Of course, I love him. I probably won’t be able to come to you today because I think I will have guests myself today. The table is standing awkwardly and will probably tip over soon. He did his best.
Li estas homo ne kredinda. Via ago estas tre laŭdinda. Tiu ĉi grava tago restos por mi ĉiam memorinda. Ĝi estas vesto de granda indo. Ĝi ne estas inda je danko. La ŝipanaro montriĝas ne inda je sia estro.
Li estas egocentra. Via ago estas tre laŭdinda. T ĉi grava tago restos por mi por ĉiam. Ĝi estas de granda valoro. Ĝi ne meritas dankon. La ŝipanaro montriĝas ne estiminda de sia estro.
Lia edzino estas tre laborema kaj ŝparema, sed ŝi estas ankaŭ tre babilema kaj kriema. Li estas tre ekkolerema, kaj ekscitiĝas ofte ĉe la plej malgranda bagatelo, tamen li estas tre pardonema, li ne portas longe la koleron, kaj li tute ne estas venĝema. Li estas tre kredema, eĉ la plej nekredeblajn aferojn, kiujn rakontas al li la plej nekredindaj homoj, li tuj kredas. Li estas tre purema, kaj eĉ unu polveron vi ne trovos sur lia vesto. Li estas bonega knabo, sed tre ema kredi spiritojn.
Lia’s wife is very hardworking and frugal, but she is also quite chatty and loud. He is very quick to anger and gets upset over the smallest things; however, he is very forgiving, doesn’t hold onto anger for long, and is not vengeful at all. He is very gullible, believing even the most unbelievable stories told by the most unbelievable people right away. He is very tidy, and you won’t find a speck of dust on his clothes. He is a great guy but has a strong tendency to believe in spirits.
The prefix dis- denotes separation or scattering, as Ĵeti, to throw; disĵeti, to scatter. Ŝiri, to tear; disŝiri, to tear into bits. Doni, to give; disdoni, to distribute.
The prefix dis- means separation or scattering, as in Ĵeti, to throw; disĵeti, to scatter. Ŝiri, to tear; disŝiri, to tear into small pieces. Doni, to give; disdoni, to distribute.
The suffix -um- has no definite meaning. It is used in only a few words, of which the most important are:—
The suffix -um- doesn't have a specific meaning. It's only found in a few words, and the most significant ones are:—
aerumi | (from | aero, air), to expose to the air. |
ventumi | ( " | vento, wind), to fan. |
kolumo | ( " | kolo, neck), collar. |
manumo | ( " | mano, hand), cuff. |
butonumi | ( " | butono, button), to button. |
gustumi | ( " | gusto, taste), to taste (something). |
komunumo | ( " | komuna, common), a community. |
krucumi | ( " | kruco, cross), crucify. |
malvarmumi | ( " | malvarma, cold), take cold. |
mastrumi | ( " | mastro, master), keep house. |
plenumi | ( " | plena, full), fulfil. |
brulumo | ( " | bruli, burn), inflammation. |
kalkanumo | ( " | kalkano, heel), heel of boot. |
rezultato, result. angulo, angle, corner. tolo, linen. ĉemizo, shirt. ating-, attain, reach to. |
ŝir-, tear. kvankam, although. simila, similar. grava, important. |
Ni ĉiuj kunvenis por priparoli tre gravan aferon; sed ni ne povis atingi ian rezultaton, kaj ni disiris. Malfeliĉo ofte kunigas la homojn, kaj feliĉo ofte disigas ilin. Mi disŝiris la leteron, kaj disĵetis ĝiajn pecetojn en ĉiujn angulojn de la ĉambro. Post tio ĉi oni disiris hejmen. La vojo disiris en kelkaj direktoj.
Ni ĉiuj venis kune por paroli pri io tre grava; sed ni ne povis atingi ian rezulton, kaj ni disiĝis. Malfeliĉo ofte kunigas la homojn, dum feliĉo ofte apartigas ilin. Mi disŝiris la leteron kaj ĵetis ĝiajn pecetojn en ĉiujn angulojn de la ĉambro. Post tio, ni disiĝis por iri hejmen. La vojo dividiĝis en kelkajn direktojn.
Mi volonte plenumis lian deziron. En malbona vetero oni povas facile malvarmumi. Li disbutonumis la superveston. Ŝi ludis kun sia ventumilo. Ĉemizojn, kolumojn, manumojn, kaj ceterajn similajn objektojn oni nomas tolaĵo, kvankam ili ne ĉiam estas faritaj el tolo.
Mi volonte plenumis lian deziron. En malbona vetero oni povas facile malvarmumi. Li disbutonumis la supran veston. Ŝi ludis kun sia ventumilo. Ĉemizojn, kolumojn, manumojn, kaj aliajn similajn objektojn oni nomas tolaĵo, kvankam ili ne ĉiam estas faritaj el tolo.
The suffixes -on-, -obi-, -op-, have already been explained in Lesson 9.
The suffixes -on-, -obi-, -op-, have already been explained in Lesson 9.
A new suffix -aĉ- has gradually come into use during the past few years. Its meaning is well shown in the following examples:—Domo, house; domaĉo, hovel. Virino, woman; virinaĉo, hag. Ridi, to laugh; ridaĉi, to grin (maliciously). Ĉevalo, horse; ĉevalaĉo, a sorry nag, a screw. Obstina, persistent, stubborn; obstinaĉa, pig-headed. Popolo, a people; popolaĉo, populace. Morti, to die; mortaĉi, to die the death. Lingvo, language; lingvaĉo, a jargon.
A new suffix -aĉ- has slowly started to be used over the past few years. Its meaning is clearly illustrated in the following examples:—Domo, house; domaĉo, hovel. Virino, woman; virinaĉo, hag. Ridi, to laugh; ridaĉi, to grin (maliciously). Ĉevalo, horse; ĉevalaĉo, a sorry nag, a clunker. Obstina, persistent, stubborn; obstinaĉa, pig-headed. Popolo, a people; popolaĉo, populace. Morti, to die; mortaĉi, to die the death. Lingvo, language; lingvaĉo, a jargon.
This suffix should only be used sparingly.
This suffix should only be used occasionally.
Certain words are used merely to join words or sentences. Those already learned are:—
Certain words are used just to connect words or sentences. The ones we've already learned are:—
kaj, and. sed, but. ĉar, because, for. ankaŭ, also. ol, than. se, if. aŭ, or. |
ĉu, whether. ke, that. kvazaŭ, as if. kvankam, although. almenaŭ, at least. tamen, however. do, then, therefore. |
The following are also useful:—
The following are also helpful:—
kaj ... kaj, both ...
and. aŭ ... aŭ, either ... or. ĉu ... aŭ, whether ... or. ĉu ... ĉu, whether ... whether. |
nek ... nek, neither ...
nor. eĉ se, even if. same kiel, the same as. |
The following are simply exclamations of joy grief, surprise, etc.:—
The following are just expressions of happiness, sadness, surprise, etc.:—
ah! aha! ah! ha! ah! he! halloo! hey! hm! hm! humph! ho! oh! oho! ho! ho ve! alas! for! away! fi! for shame! nu! well (now)! nu do! well (now) then! ja! indeed! jen! there! look! behold! bis! again! encore! |
kia! what! bone! good! all right! brave! bravo! hura! hurrah! vere! truly! efektive! really! adiaŭ! goodbye! bonvenu! welcome! kompreneble! of course! vivu! long live! antaŭen! forward! ĉu vere? is it true? ĉu ne? is it not? |
It is often convenient to form compound words, as poŝtkarto, forpeli, ĉiuminute, stacidomo, senmove, telertuketo. When this is done, the word expressing the principal idea is placed last.
It is often handy to create compound words, like poŝtkarto, forpeli, ĉiuminute, stacidomo, senmove, and telertuketo. When this happens, the word that conveys the main idea comes last.
Generally it is sufficient to use the root of the qualifying word, but if the sound or sense requires it, the whole word is taken, as unutaga means "of one day"; unuataga, "of the first day."
Generally, it's enough to use the root of the qualifying word, but if the sound or meaning needs it, the entire word is used, like unutaga, which means "of one day"; unuataga, meaning "of the first day."
In English the sense often depends entirely on the order of the words, e.g., the sentence "John saw George" would mean something quite different if reversed—"George saw John." But in Esperanto, thanks to the accusative n, the endings a and e for participles, and the pronoun si, the order of words may be varied without altering the sense. "Georgon vidis Johano" means exactly the same as "Johano vidis Georgon."
In English, the meaning often relies entirely on the word order. For example, the sentence "John saw George" would mean something completely different if flipped—"George saw John." But in Esperanto, thanks to the accusative -n, the endings -a and -e for participles, and the pronoun si, the word order can be changed without changing the meaning. "Georgon vidis Johano" means exactly the same as "Johano vidis Georgon."
But though the meaning can in most cases be understood whatever the order of the words, it is best to adopt the simplest arrangement, and to follow the natural course of thought, which is, first, that about which we think, then that which we think about it. English students may frame their sentences exactly as they would in their own language. In Esperanto, as in English, the arrangement is sometimes altered, either for emphasis, as Laŭdata estu Dio! Praised be God!; or to please the ear, as Oni min admiras, instead of Oni admiras min, People admire me.
But even though the meaning can usually be understood no matter the order of the words, it’s best to use the simplest arrangement and follow the natural flow of thought: first what we think about, then what we think regarding it. English students can structure their sentences just like they would in their own language. In Esperanto, just like in English, the arrangement can sometimes change, either for emphasis, as in Laŭdata estu Dio! Praised be God!; or for aesthetic reasons, as in Oni min admiras, instead of Oni admiras min, People admire me.
Note.—Care must be taken in placing the word "ne." Its usual place is before the verb, when it negatives the whole sentence. Study the effect of placing ne in different positions in the sentence Mi deziras vidi Johanon kaj lian fraton, I wish to see John and his brother:—
Note.—Care should be taken when placing the word "ne." Its usual position is before the verb when it negates the entire sentence. Analyze the impact of putting ne in different spots in the sentence Mi deziras vidi Johanon kaj lian fraton, I wish to see John and his brother:—
(i.). Mi ne deziras vidi Johanon kaj lian fraton, I do not wish to see John and his brother.
(i.). I don't want to see John and his brother, I do not wish to see John and his brother.
(ii.). Mi deziras ne vidi Johanon kaj lian fraton, I wish not to see John and his brother, i.e., I wish to avoid seeing them.
(ii.). I don't want to see John and his brother, I wish to avoid seeing them.
(iii.). Mi deziras vidi ne Johanon, sed lian fraton, I wish to see not John, but his brother.
(iii.). I want to see not John, but his brother, I wish to see not John, but his brother.
(iv.). Mi deziras vidi Johanon kaj ne lian fraton, I wish to see John and not his brother.
(iv.). I want to see John and not his brother, I wish to see John and not his brother.
Ne tute means "not quite," while tute ne means "not at all."
Ne tute means "not quite," while tute ne means "not at all."
Jam ne means "no longer." "Not yet" is ankoraŭ ne.
Jam ne means "no longer." "Not yet" is ankoraŭ ne.
Words which are already international, such as microscope, telephone, automobile, etc., are adopted unchanged, except as to the spelling and termination, as mikroskopo, telefono, aŭtomobilo.
Words that are already international, like microscope, telephone, automobile, etc., are adopted unchanged, except for the spelling and ending, as mikroskopo, telefono, aŭtomobilo.
As already said, when an adjective or participle (or a noun) is added to the object simply as a describing word, it takes n like the object, as Li perdis sian novan libron (aŭ, sian libron novan), He lost his new book. Ŝi trankviligis la kriegantan infanon (aŭ, la infanon kriegantan), She pacified the screaming child. Li vizitis sian fraton Johanon, He visited his brother John. ("John" shows which brother).
As mentioned earlier, when an adjective or participle (or a noun) is added to the object just to describe it, it takes n like the object, as in Li perdis sian novan libron (or, sian libron novan), He lost his new book. Ŝi trankviligis la kriegantan infanon (or, la infanon kriegantan), She calm the screaming child. Li vizitis sian fraton Johanon, He visited his brother John. ("John" specifies which brother).
But if the adjective, participle, or noun is used not merely to describe, but indirectly to tell something about the object, it does not take n. A comparison of the following sentences will make this clear:—
But if the adjective, participle, or noun is used not just to describe, but indirectly to convey something about the object, it doesn't take n. A comparison of the following sentences will make this clear:—
1. | Li trovis la pomojn maturajn. He found the ripe apples. |
Li trovis la pomojn maturaj. He found (that) the apples (were) ripe. | |
2. | Li trovis la kruĉon rompitan. He found the broken jug. |
Li trovis la kruĉon rompita. He found (that) the jug (was) broken. | |
3. | Li kolorigis la drapon ruĝan. He dyed the red cloth. |
Li kolorigis la drapon ruĝa. He dyed the cloth red. | |
4. | Li tranĉis (aŭ faris) la veston tro mallongan. He cut (or made) the too-short coat (the coat that was too short). |
Li tranĉis la veston tro mallonga. He cut the coat (so that it was) too short. | |
5. | Li nomis la knabon mensogisto. He called the boy a liar. |
Compare this use of words with the following:—
Compare this use of words with the following:—
He made his father angry (or, be angered). Li kolerigis sian patron, or, li igis sian patron kolera.
He made his father angry. Li kolerigis sian patron, or, li igis sian patron kolera.
The loss drove him mad. La perdo frenezigis lin, or, igis lin freneza.
The loss drove him crazy. La perdo frenezigis lin, or, igis lin freneza.
It rendered the gun useless. Ĝi senutiligis la pafilon, or, igis la pafilon senutila.
It rendered the gun useless. It made the gun useless, or, turned the gun into a useless thing.
By Dr. Zamenhof.
Aa, Bb, Cc, Ĉĉ, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Ĝĝ, Hh, Ĥĥ, Ii, Jj, Ĵĵ, Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Rr, Ss, Ŝŝ, Tt, Uu, Ŭŭ, Vv, Zz [Footnote: Names of the letters: a, bo, co, ĉo, do, e, fo, go, ĝo, ho, ĥo, i, jo, ĵo, ko, lo, mo, no, o, po, ro, so, ŝo, to, u, ŭo, vo, zo.]
Aa, Bb, Cc, Ĉĉ, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, Ĝĝ, Hh, Ĥĥ, Ii, Jj, Ĵĵ, Kk, Ll, Mm, Nn, Oo, Pp, Rr, Ss, Ŝŝ, Tt, Uu, Ŭŭ, Vv, Zz [Footnote: Names of the letters: a, bo, co, ĉo, do, e, fo, go, ĝo, ho, ĥo, i, jo, ĵo, ko, lo, mo, no, o, po, ro, so, ŝo, to, u, ŭo, vo, zo.]
Remark.—Presses which do not possess the accented letters can use instead of them ch, gh, hh, jh, sh, u.
Remark.—Presses that don't have the accented letters can use ch, gh, hh, jh, sh, u instead.
(1) There is no indefinite Article; there is only a definite article (la), alike for all sexes, cases, and numbers.
(1) There is no indefinite Article; there is only a definite article (la), the same for all genders, cases, and numbers.
Remark.—The use of the article is the same as in the other languages. People who find a difficulty in the use of the article need not at first use it at all.
Remark.—The use of the article is the same as in other languages. Those who have trouble using the article don’t need to use it at all at first.
(2) Substantives have the termination o. To form the plural the termination j is added. There are only two cases: nominative and accusative; the latter is obtained from the nominative by the addition of the termination n. Other cases are expressed by the aid of prepositions (the genitive by de, the dative by al, the ablative by per, or other prepositions according to sense).
(2) Nouns end with o. To make the plural, you add j. There are only two cases: nominative and accusative; the accusative is formed by adding n to the nominative. Other cases are indicated using prepositions (genitive is expressed with de, dative with al, ablative with per, or other prepositions based on context).
(3) The Adjective ends in a. Case and number as with the substantive. The Comparative is made by means of the word pli, the Superlative by plej; with the Comparative the conjunction ol is used.
(3) The Descriptive word ends in a. It follows the same case and number rules as the noun. You form the Comparative using the word pli, and the Superlative with plej; for the Comparative, the conjunction ol is used.
(4) The fundamental Numerals (they are not declined) are: unu, du, tri, kvar, kvin, ses, sep, ok, naŭ, dek, cent, mil. The tens and hundreds are formed by simple junction of the numerals. To mark the ordinal numerals the termination of the adjective is added; for the multiple—the suffix obl, for the fractional—on, for the collective—op, for the distributive—the word po. Substantival and adverbial numerals can also be used.
(4) The basic Numbers (they don’t change form) are: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, hundred, thousand. The tens and hundreds are created by simply combining the numerals. To indicate ordinal numbers, you add an ending to the adjective; for multiples, use the suffix obl, for fractions on, for collectives op, and for distributives the word po. Noun and adverb numerals can also be used.
(5) Personal Pronouns: mi, vi, li, ŝi, ĝi (referring to thing or animal), si, ni, vi, ili, oni; the possessive pronouns are formed by the addition of the adjectival termination. Declension is as with the substantives.
(5) Personal Pronouns: me, you, him, her, it (referring to things or animals), yourself, us, you all, them, one; the possessive pronouns are formed by adding the adjectival ending. Declension is the same as with the nouns.
(6) The Verb undergoes no change with regard to person or number. Forms of the verb; time being (Present) takes the termination -as; time been (Past) -is; time about to be (Future) -os; the Conditional mood -us; the Ordering mood -u; the Indefinite -i. Participles (with an adjectival or adverbial sense): active present -ant; active past -int; active future -ont; passive present -at; passive past -it; passive future -ot. All forms of the passive are formed by the aid of a corresponding form of the verb esti and a passive participle of the required verb; the preposition with the passive is de.
(6) The Action verb does not change with respect to person or number. The verb forms are as follows: the present tense form ends in -as; the past tense form ends in -is; the future tense form ends in -os; the conditional mood ends in -us; the imperative mood ends in -u; and the indefinite form ends in -i. Participles (used as adjectives or adverbs) are: active present -ant; active past -int; active future -ont; passive present -at; passive past -it; passive future -ot. All forms of the passive are created by using a corresponding form of the verb esti and a passive participle of the verb needed; the preposition used with the passive is de.
(7) Adverbs end in e; degrees of comparison as with the adjectives.
(7) Adverbs end in e; they have degrees of comparison like adjectives do.
(8) All the Prepositions require the nominative.
All the prepositions require the nominative.
(9) Every word is read as it is written.
(9) Every word is read exactly as it’s written.
(10) The Accent is always on the penultimate syllable.
The Accent is always on the second to last syllable.
(11) Compound Words are formed by simple junction of the words (the chief word stands at the end); the grammatical terminations are also regarded as independent words.
(11) Compound Words are created by simply joining words together (the main word is at the end); the grammatical endings are also considered separate words.
(12) When another Negative word is present the word ne is left out.
(12) When another Negative word is present, the word ne is omitted.
(13) In order to show Direction words take the termination of the accusative.
(13) To show Direction, words take the ending of the accusative.
(14) Each Preposition has a definite and constant meaning; but if we have to use some preposition and the direct sense does not indicate to us what special preposition we are to take, then we use the preposition je which has no meaning of its own. Instead of the preposition je we can also use the accusative without a preposition.
(14) Each Preposition has a clear and constant meaning; but if we need to use a preposition and the direct meaning doesn’t suggest which specific one we should use, then we use the preposition je, which doesn't have a meaning on its own. Instead of the preposition je, we can also use the accusative without any preposition.
(15) The so-called Foreign Words, that is, those which the majority of languages have taken from one source, are used in the Esperanto language without change, merely obtaining the spelling of the latter; but with different words from one root it is better to use unchanged only the fundamental word and to form the rest from this latter in accordance with the rules of the Esperanto language.
(15) The so-called Foreign Words, meaning those words that most languages have borrowed from a single source, are used in Esperanto without alteration, simply adopting its spelling. However, when there are different words from the same root, it's better to use only the basic word unchanged and to create the others from it according to the rules of the Esperanto language.
(16) The Final Vowel of the substantive and of the article can be dropped and replaced by an apostrophe.
(16) The Final Vowel of the noun and the article can be dropped and replaced with an apostrophe.
tio estas, i.e., that is. |
kaj cetere, k.c., etcetera. |
kaj tiel plu, k.t.p., and so on. |
kiel ekzemple, k.ekz., as for example. |
kiel elbe plej (baldaŭ), as (soon) as possible. |
kio ajn okazos, whatever happens (shall happen). |
kondiĉe, ke, on the condition that. |
kun la kondiĉo, ke, on the condition that. |
Bonan tagon, sinjoro. | Good day, sir. |
Kiel vi fartas? | How do you do? |
Tre bone, mi dankas. | Very well, I thank you. |
Mi dankas vin. | I thank you. |
Dankon. | Thanks. |
Multe da dankoj. | Many thanks. |
Vi estas tre ĝentila (afabla). | You are very kind. |
Vi estas tre kompleza. | You are very obliging. |
Mi malsatas. | I am hungry. |
Mi soifas. | I am thirsty. |
Al mi estas varme (malvarme). | I am warm (cold). |
Kiu estas tie? Estas mi. | Who is there? It is I. |
Sidiĝu, mi petas. | Be seated, I beg (you). |
Kun plezuro. | With pleasure. |
Kion vi bezonas? | What do you want? |
Cu vi min komprenas? | Do you understand me? |
Vi estas prava (malprava). | You are right (wrong). |
Tio estas vera. | That is true. |
Estas vera, ke... | It is true that... |
Je kioma horo vi foriros? | At what time are you going? |
Kioma horo estas? | What time is it? |
Kiom kostas tio ĉi? | How much does this cost? |
Ĝi kostas tri ŝilingojn. | It costs three shillings. |
Kie vi estas? | Where are you? |
Kien vi iras? | Where are you going? |
Kian aĝon li havas? | How old is he? |
Antaŭ unu semajno. | A week ago. |
Post du tagoj. | In two days. |
Li venos ĵaŭdon. | He will come on Thursday. |
Pasigu al mi la panon, mi petas vin. | Pass me the bread, I beg you (please). |
Estas li mem! | It is himself! |
Tiom pli bone | So much the better! |
Oni diras, ke... | They say, that... |
Neniu tion diras. | Nobody says that. |
Kio okazis? | What has happened? |
Ĉu vi konas Sinjoron A.? | Do you know Mr. A.? |
Mi scias, kiu li estas, sed mi ne konas lin. | I know who he is, but I do not know him. |
Ĉu estas leteroj por mi? | Are there letters for me? |
Rapidu. | Be quick. |
Ne diru tion. | Do not say that. |
Ne faru tion. | Do not do that. |
Kia estas la vetero? Kian veteron ni havas? | What kind of weather is it? |
Pluvas; neĝas. | It rains; it snows. |
Pluvis la tutan nokton. | It rained all night long. |
Estas beld, varmege. | It is fine, hot. |
Ĉu mi tion faru? | Shall I do that? |
Kara, dear. Mia kara, my dear. Estimata, esteemed. Estiminda, estimable. Respektinda,respect-worthy. Honorinda honourable. |
Patro, amiko, etc., father, friend,
etc. Samideano, fellow-thinker. Kunlaboranto, fellow-worker. Sinjoro, Sir. Sinjoroj, Gentlemen, Sirs. Sinjorino, Madame, Mrs. Fraŭlino, Miss. |
Kun (koraj, amikaj) salutoj, with
(hearty, friendly) greetings. Kun (alta, granda) estimo, with (high, great) esteem. Kun (miaj, ĉiuj) bondeziroj, with (my, all) good wishes. Kun (multe da) amo, with (much) love. |
Via, La via, yours. Via, (tre) vin amanta, your (very) loving. Via, tre sincere, fidele, etc., yours very sincerely, faithfully, etc. Ĉiam via, yours always. Tre sincere via, very sincerely yours. |
A father and a brother. A lion is an animal. A rose is a flower and a pigeon is a bird. The rose belongs to Theodore. The sun shines. The father is a tailor. Where are the book and the pencil? Here is an apple. On the ground lies a stone. On the window lie a pencil and a pen. The son stands by the father. Here lies the hat of the father (the father's hat). The father is in the room. Before the house is (stands) a tree.
A father and a brother. A lion is an animal. A rose is a flower, and a pigeon is a bird. The rose belongs to Theodore. The sun is shining. The father is a tailor. Where are the book and the pencil? Here’s an apple. There’s a stone on the ground. On the window sill are a pencil and a pen. The son is standing next to the father. Here’s the father’s hat. The father is in the room. In front of the house is a tree.
What is a lion? What is a rose? What shines? What is the father? Where is the father? What is on the window? Where is the pen?
What’s a lion? What’s a rose? What shines? What’s a father? Where’s the father? What’s on the window? Where’s the pen?
Is a lion an animal? Yes, a lion is an animal. Is a rose a bird? No, a rose is not a bird, a rose is a flower.
Is a lion an animal? Yes, a lion is an animal. Is a rose a bird? No, a rose is not a bird; a rose is a flower.
The father is well. A child is not a mature man. The sky is blue. A lion is strong. The father is good. The hand of John (John's hand) is clean. (Some, or, a) paper is white. White paper lies on the table. Here is the young lady's exercise book. In the sky stands (is) the beautiful sun. The paper is very white, but the snow is more white (whiter). Milk is more nutritious than wine. The bread is fresh. The uncle is richer than the brother. Here lies (is) a red rose. The dog is very faithful. The book is new.
The father is doing well. A child is not an adult. The sky is blue. A lion is strong. The father is kind. John’s hand is clean. Some paper is white. White paper is on the table. Here is the young lady's notebook. The beautiful sun is in the sky. The paper is very white, but the snow is whiter. Milk is more nutritious than wine. The bread is fresh. The uncle has more money than the brother. Here is a red rose. The dog is very loyal. The book is new.
(The) birds fly. The song of (the) birds is pleasant. Where are the boys? The fathers are well. Children are not mature men. Lions are strong. John's hands are clean. Here are the young ladies' exercise books. The uncles are richer than the brothers. The dogs are very faithful. White papers lie on the table. In the room are new hats. Where are the sharp knives? Good children are diligent. Here lie (are) pure white delicate lilies. The teeth of lions (lions' teeth) are sharp.
The birds are flying. The birds' song is nice. Where are the boys? The fathers are doing well. Children aren't mature men. Lions are powerful. John's hands are clean. Here are the young ladies' notebooks. The uncles have more money than the brothers. The dogs are very loyal. White papers are on the table. There are new hats in the room. Where are the sharp knives? Good children are hardworking. Here are pure white delicate lilies. Lions have sharp teeth.
I read. You write. He is a boy, and she is a girl. We are men. You are children. They are Russians. Where are the boys? They are in the garden. Where are the girls? They also are in the garden. Where are the knives ? They are (lie) on the table. The child cries, because it wants to eat. Sir, you are impolite. Gentlemen, you are impolite. Tkey say that (the) truth always conquers. The house belongs to him. I come from (the) grandfather, and I go now to (the) uncle. I am as strong as you. Now I read, you read, and he reads, we all read. You write and the children write, they (you) all sit silent and write.
I read. You write. He’s a boy, and she’s a girl. We’re men. You’re children. They’re Russians. Where are the boys? They’re in the garden. Where are the girls? They’re also in the garden. Where are the knives? They’re on the table. The child cries because it wants to eat. Sir, you’re rude. Gentlemen, you’re rude. They say that the truth always wins. The house belongs to him. I come from my grandfather, and I’m going to my uncle now. I’m as strong as you. Now I read, you read, and he reads; we all read. You write, and the children write; they all sit quietly and write.
My dog, you are very faithful. He is my uncle, for my father is his brother. Of all my children, Ernest is the youngest. His father and his brothers are in the garden. Her uncle is in the house. Where are your books ? Our books are (lie) on the table; their pencils and their paper also are (lie) on the table.
My dog, you are very loyal. He is my uncle, since my dad is his brother. Of all my kids, Ernest is the youngest. His dad and his brothers are in the garden. Her uncle is in the house. Where are your books? Our books are on the table; their pencils and paper are also on the table.
Who is in the room ? Who are in the room ? The gentle- man who is reading is my friend. The gentleman to whom you are writing is a tailor. What is lying on the table ?
Who is in the room? Who are in the room? The man who is reading is my friend. The man you are writing to is a tailor. What is on the table?
I see a lion (lions). I read (am reading) a book (books). I love (the) father. I know John. (The) father is not reading a book, but he is writing a letter. I do not like obstinate people. I wish you good-day, sir. Good morning! A joyous festival (a pleasant holiday) (I wish you). What a joyful festival (it is to-day) ! In the day we see the bright sun, and at night we see the pale moon and the beautiful stars. We have newer bread than you. No, you are wrong, sir, your bread is less new (staler) than mine. We call the boy, and he comes. In (the) winter they heat the stoves. When one is rich one has many friends. He loves me, but I do not love him. Mr. P. and his wife love my children very much; I also love theirs very much. I do not know the gentleman who is reading.
I see a lion (lions). I read (am reading) a book (books). I love (the) father. I know John. (The) father isn’t reading a book, but he is writing a letter. I don’t like stubborn people. I wish you a good day, sir. Good morning! Have a joyful festival (a pleasant holiday) (I wish you). What a joyful festival (it is today)! During the day, we see the bright sun, and at night we see the pale moon and the beautiful stars. We have fresher bread than you. No, you’re wrong, sir, your bread is older (staler) than mine. We call the boy, and he comes. In (the) winter, they heat the stoves. When one is wealthy, one has many friends. He loves me, but I don’t love him. Mr. P. and his wife love my children very much; I also love theirs very much. I don’t know the gentleman who is reading.
Why do you not answer me? Are you deaf or dumb? What are you doing?
Why aren’t you responding to me? Are you deaf or mute? What are you up to?
The boy drove away the birds. From (the) father I received a book, and from (the) brother I received a pen. (The) father gave me a sweet apple. Here is the apple which I found. Yesterday I met your son, and he politely greeted me. Three days ago (before three days) I visited your cousin, and my visit gave (made) to him pleasure. When I came to him he was sleeping, but I woke him.
The boy scared off the birds. I got a book from my dad and a pen from my brother. My dad gave me a delicious apple. Here’s the apple I found. Yesterday, I ran into your son, and he greeted me nicely. Three days ago, I visited your cousin, and he really enjoyed my visit. When I got to his place, he was sleeping, but I woke him up.
I will relate to you a story. Will you tell me the truth? To day is Saturday, and to-morrow will be Sunday. Yesterday was Friday, and the day after to-morrow will be Monday. [Footnote: Notice that in these two sentences ankoraŭ and iam express different meanings of the English word "yet."] Have you yet found your watch? I have not yet looked for it; when I have finished (shall finish) my work I will look for my watch, but I fear that I shall not find it again. If you (shall) conquer us, the people will say that only women you conquered. When you (shall) attain the age of fifteen years you will receive the permission.
I’m going to tell you a story. Will you be honest with me? Today is Saturday, and tomorrow will be Sunday. Yesterday was Friday, and the day after tomorrow will be Monday. [Footnote: Notice that in these two sentences ankoraŭ and iam express different meanings of the English word "yet."] Have you found your watch yet? I haven't looked for it yet; when I finish my work, I’ll look for my watch, but I’m worried that I won’t find it again. If you beat us, people will say you only conquered women. When you turn fifteen, you’ll get permission.
I love myself, you love yourself, he loves himself, and every man loves himself. I take care of her (so) as I take care of myself, but she takes no care at all of herself, and does not look after herself at all. My brothers had guests to-day; after supper our brothers went with the guests out of their (our brothers') house and accompanied them as far as their (the guests') house. I washed myself in my room, and she washed herself in her room. The child was looking for its doll; I showed the child where its doll lay. She related to him her adventure. She returned to her father's palace. Her flowers she tended not. My brother said to Stephen, that he loved him more than himself.
I love myself, you love yourself, he loves himself, and every man loves himself. I take care of her just like I take care of myself, but she doesn’t take care of herself at all. My brothers had guests today; after dinner, they went with the guests to their house. I washed up in my room, and she washed up in her room. The child was looking for its doll; I showed the child where it was. She told him about her adventure. She returned to her father's palace. She didn’t take care of her flowers. My brother told Stephen that he loved him more than he loved himself.
Two men can do more than one. I have only one mouth, but I have two ears. He walks out with three dogs. He did everything with the ten fingers of his hands. Of her many children some are good and others bad. Five and seven make twelve. Ten and ten make twenty. Four and eighteen make twenty-two. Thirty and forty-five make seventy-five. One thousand eight hundred and ninety-three. He has eleven children. Sixty minutes make one hour, and one minute consists of sixty seconds.
Two men can accomplish more than one. I have one mouth, but I have two ears. He goes out with three dogs. He did everything with the ten fingers on his hands. Of her many kids, some are good and others are bad. Five and seven equal twelve. Ten and ten equal twenty. Four and eighteen equal twenty-two. Thirty and forty-five add up to seventy-five. One thousand eight hundred and ninety-three. He has eleven kids. Sixty minutes make one hour, and one minute has sixty seconds.
January is the first month of the year, April is the fourth, November is the eleventh, and December is the twelfth. The twentieth day of February is the fifty-first day of the year. The seventh day of the week God chose to be (that it should be) more holy than the six first days. What did God create on the sixth day? What (which) date is it (have we) to-day? To-day is the twenty-seventh (day) of March. Christmas Day is the 25th of December, New Year's Day is the 1st of January, One does not easily forget one's first love.
January is the first month of the year, April is the fourth, November is the eleventh, and December is the twelfth. The twentieth day of February is the fifty-first day of the year. The seventh day of the week is the day God chose to be more holy than the other six days. What did God create on the sixth day? What date is it today? Today is the twenty-seventh of March. Christmas Day is the 25th of December, New Year's Day is the 1st of January, and one does not easily forget their first love.
I have a hundred apples. I have a hundred (of) apples. This town has a million of inhabitants. I bought a dozen (of) spoons, and two dozen (of) forks. One thousand years (or, a thousand of years) make a millennium.
I have a hundred apples. I have a hundred apples. This town has a million inhabitants. I bought a dozen spoons and two dozen forks. One thousand years make a millennium.
Firstly, I return to you the money which you lent to me; secondly, I thank you for the loan; thirdly, I beg you also afterwards (on a future occasion) to lend to me when I (shall) require money.
Firstly, I’m giving you back the money you lent me; secondly, I appreciate the loan; and thirdly, I kindly ask you to lend me money again in the future when I need it.
Three is half of six, eight is four-fifths of ten. Four metres of this stuff cost nine francs, therefore two metres cost four and a-half francs. One day is a three hundred and sixty-fifth or a three hundred and sixty-sixth of a year.
Three is half of six, eight is four-fifths of ten. Four meters of this stuff cost nine francs, so two meters cost four and a half francs. One day is one three hundred sixty-fifth or one three hundred sixty-sixth of a year.
Five times seven are thirty-five. For each day I receive five francs, but for to-day I have received double pay, that is, ten francs.
Five times seven is thirty-five. Every day I get five francs, but today I received double pay, which is ten francs.
These two friends walk out always (two) together. Five together they threw themselves upon me, but I overcame all five assailants.
These two friends always walk out together. Five of them jumped me at once, but I took down all five attackers.
Give (to) the birds water, for they want to drink. Alexander will not learn, and therefore I beat Alexander. Who has courage (dares) to ride on a lion? I was going to beat him, but he ran away from me.
Give the birds water, because they want to drink. Alexander will not learn, so I hit Alexander. Who has the courage to ride a lion? I was going to hit him, but he ran away from me.
Do not give your hand to a lion. Relate (tell) to my young friend a beautiful story. Tell father that I am diligent. Tell me your name. Do not write to me such long letters. Show me your new coat. Child, do not touch the looking-glass. Dear children, always be honest. Do not listen to him.
Do not offer your hand to a lion. Share a beautiful story with my young friend. Tell my dad that I'm hardworking. What’s your name? Please don’t write me such long letters. Show me your new coat. Kid, don’t touch the mirror. Dear kids, always be truthful. Don't listen to him.
He says that I am attentive. He begs me to be attentive. Tell him not to chatter. Ask him to send me a candle. The cottage is worth your buying (worthy that you should buy it). She strongly desired that he (should) remain alive.
He says I'm paying attention. He urges me to be attentive. Tell him to stop talking. Ask him to send me a candle. The cottage is worth buying. She really wanted him to stay alive.
Let him come, and I will forgive him. Let us be gay, let us use life well, for life is not long. Let him not come alone, but come with his best friend. I already have my hat; now look for yours.
Let him come, and I will forgive him. Let’s have fun, let’s make the most of life, because life isn’t long. He shouldn’t come alone, but bring his best friend. I already have my hat; now find yours.
If the pupil knew his lesson well, the teacher would not punish him. If you knew who he is, you would esteem him more. They raised one hand upwards as if they were holding something. If I really were beautiful, others would try to imitate me. Oh! if I were (had) already the age of fifteen years!
If the student knew his lesson well, the teacher wouldn't punish him. If you knew who he is, you would respect him more. They raised one hand up, as if they were holding something. If I were really beautiful, others would try to copy me. Oh! if I were already fifteen years old!
To remain with a lion is dangerous. The knife cuts well, for it is sharp. Go more quickly. He shut the door angrily. His speech flows softly and pleasantly. We made the contract not in writing, but by word of mouth. An honest man acts honestly. The pastor who died a short time ago lived long in our city. Did you not get it back? He is sick unto death. The iron rod which was in the stove (fire) is burning; hot. Paris is very gay. Early in the morning she drove to the station.
Staying with a lion is risky. The knife cuts well because it's sharp. Move faster. He slammed the door in anger. His speech is smooth and pleasant. We made the agreement verbally, not in writing. An honest person acts with integrity. The pastor who passed away recently lived in our city for many years. Didn’t you get it back? He is gravely ill. The iron rod in the fire is burning hot. Paris is very lively. She left for the station early in the morning.
Forgive me that I stayed so long. His anger lasted long. He is to-day in an angry temper. The king soon sent again another good-hearted official. This evening we shall have a ball. Where are you? Away from here! (Get away!).
Forgive me for staying so long. His anger lasted a long time. He is in a bad mood today. The king quickly sent another kind official. We're having a ball this evening. Where are you? Get out of here!
Where did he drive away to? She ran home. We went forward like furies. Everything was right (good), and we went on further. The lady glanced back. The sailors demanded to go back (required that one should go back). I hung it here, for it saved my life. I never sent here.
Where did he drive off to? She ran home. We moved ahead like wild animals. Everything felt right, and we kept going. The woman looked back. The sailors insisted we turn back. I kept it here because it saved my life. I never sent it here.
My brother is not big, but he is not little, he is of medium growth. A hair is very thin. The night is so dark that we can see nothing even before our nose. This stale bread is hard as stone. Naughty children love to torment animals. He felt (himself) so miserable that he cursed the day on which he was born. We greatly despise this base man. The window was long unclosed; I closed it, but my brother immediately opened it again. A straight road is shorter than a curved. Do not be ungrateful.
My brother isn’t big, but he’s not small either; he’s of average height. His hair is really thin. The night is so dark that we can’t see anything, not even in front of our noses. This stale bread is as hard as a rock. Naughty kids love to tease animals. He felt so miserable that he cursed the day he was born. We really despise this terrible man. The window had been open for a long time; I closed it, but my brother opened it again right away. A straight road is shorter than a curved one. Don’t be ungrateful.
The wife of my father is my mother, and the grandmother of my children. My sister is a very beautiful girl. My aunt is a very good woman. I saw your grandmother with her four granddaughters, and with my niece. I have an ox and a cow. The young widow became again a fiancée.
The wife of my father is my mother, and the grandmother of my children. My sister is a really beautiful girl. My aunt is a really good woman. I saw your grandmother with her four granddaughters and my niece. I have an ox and a cow. The young widow is engaged again.
He gave me money, but I immediately returned it to him. I am going away, but wait for me, for I shall soon return. The sun is reflected in the clear water of the river. He returned to his country. She threw herself again upon the seat.
He gave me money, but I instantly gave it back to him. I’m leaving, but wait for me because I’ll be back soon. The sun is shining in the clear water of the river. He went back to his country. She threw herself back onto the seat.
In the course of a few minutes I heard two shots. The firing continued for a very long time. His speech of yesterday was very fine, but too much speaking tires him. He is singing a very beautiful song. Singing is an agreeable occupation. With my hand I kept on briskly rubbing him. The rain kept on falling in rivers. Every minute she kept looking out through the window and cursing the slow motion of the train.
In just a few minutes, I heard two gunshots. The shooting went on for a really long time. His speech from yesterday was excellent, but talking too much exhausts him. He’s singing a really beautiful song. Singing is a nice thing to do. I kept rubbing his back energetically with my hand. The rain was pouring down like rivers. Every minute, she kept looking out the window and complaining about how slow the train was moving.
I leap very cleverly. I started with surprise. I used to jump all day long from place to place. When you began to speak I expected to hear something new. The diamond has a beautiful sparkle. She let the diamond flash. Two flashes of lightning passed across the dark sky.
I jump really well. I was caught off guard at first. I used to hop around all day. When you started talking, I expected to hear something fresh. The diamond sparkles beautifully. She made the diamond shine. Two bolts of lightning streaked across the dark sky.
I am (being) loved. I was (being) loved. I shall be (being) loved. I should be (being) loved, Be (being) loved. To be (being) loved. You have been washed. You had been washed. You will have been washed. You would have been washed. Be (having been) washed. To have been washed. He is to be invited. He was (going) to be invited. He will be (about to be) invited. He would be (about to be) invited. Be about to be invited. To be about to be invited. This commodity is always willingly bought by me. The overcoat was (has been) bought by me; consequently it belongs to me. When your house was being built, my house had already been built a long time. I give notice that from now my son's debts will not be paid by me. Be easy; my whole debt will soon have been paid to you. My gold ring would not be so long (being) sought for if it had not been so cleverly hidden by you. According to the plan of the engineers this railway is going to be constructed in the space of two years; but I think that it will be being constructed (in construction) more than three years. When the prayer was (had been) finished he rose.
I am loved. I was loved. I will be loved. I should be loved. Be loved. To be loved. You have been washed. You had been washed. You will have been washed. You would have been washed. Be washed. To have been washed. He is supposed to be invited. He was going to be invited. He will be about to be invited. He would be about to be invited. Be about to be invited. To be about to be invited. I always willingly buy this item. I have bought the overcoat; therefore, it belongs to me. When your house was being built, my house had already been built a long time ago. I want to inform you that from now on, I will not be paying my son's debts. Don't worry; I will soon have paid my whole debt to you. My gold ring wouldn’t have been sought for so long if it hadn’t been so cleverly hidden by you. According to the engineers' plan, this railway is going to be built in two years, but I think it will actually take more than three years to complete. When the prayer was finished, he stood up.
Augustus is my best loved son. Money in hand is more important than (money) had. A sparrow (which has been) caught is better than an eagle (which is) going to be caught.
Augustus is my favorite son. Having money in hand is more important than having money you might get. A sparrow that's already caught is better than an eagle that might be caught.
Flowing water is purer than water standing still. The fallen man cannot raise himself. (The) time past will never more return; (the) time to come no one yet knows. Come, we await you, Saviour of the world. In the language Esperanto we see the future language of the whole world. The number of the dancers was great. It is the legend which true believers always repeat. He led the traveller to the place where the thieves were resting. (To) a man who has sinned unintentionally God easily pardons. The soldiers led the prisoners (arrested) through the streets. A man whom one has to judge is one to be judged (prisoner at the bar).
Flowing water is cleaner than stagnant water. A fallen man cannot lift himself up. The time that has passed will never come back; the future is still unknown. Come, we await you, Savior of the world. In Esperanto, we see the future language of everyone. There were a lot of dancers. It’s a legend that true believers always share. He took the traveler to where the thieves were resting. God easily forgives someone who has sinned accidentally. The soldiers led the captured prisoners through the streets. A person who needs to be judged is one to be judged (prisoner at the bar).
Now he teils me the truth. Yesterday he told me the truth. He always told me the truth. When you saw us in the drawing-room he had already (previously) told me the truth. He will tell me the truth. When you (shall) come to me, he will previously tell me the truth (or, he will have told me the truth; or, before you (will) come to me, he will tell me the truth). If I were to ask him, he would tell me the truth. I should not have made the mistake if he had previously told me the truth. When I (shall) come, tell me the truth. When my father (shall) come, tell me beforehand the truth. I wish to tell you the truth. I wish that that which I said should be true (or, I wish to have told the truth).
Now he tells me the truth. Yesterday he told me the truth. He always told me the truth. When you saw us in the living room, he had already told me the truth. He will tell me the truth. When you come to me, he will have told me the truth. If I were to ask him, he would tell me the truth. I wouldn't have made the mistake if he had told me the truth earlier. When I come, tell me the truth. When my father comes, tell me the truth beforehand. I want to tell you the truth. I wish what I said was true.
Walking in the street, I fell. Having found an apple, I ate it. He came to me quite unexpected. He went meditating (deeply) and very slowly. We were ashamed, having received instruction from the boy. The imperial servant went out, taking with him the bracelet. Profoundly saluting, he related that the thief had been caught. Without saying a word, the duchess opened her jewel-case. Having worked a year, and having saved a few dollars, I married (with) my Mary. Having crossed the river, he found the thief. Looking (having looked) by chance on the floor, she saw some book, forgotten probably by a departed traveller.
Walking down the street, I tripped. I found an apple and ate it. He approached me unexpectedly. He was deep in thought and moving very slowly. We felt embarrassed after receiving guidance from the boy. The royal servant left, taking the bracelet with him. Bowing respectfully, he reported that they had caught the thief. Without saying a word, the duchess opened her jewelry box. After working for a year and saving a few dollars, I married my Mary. After crossing the river, he found the thief. Glancing down at the floor, she noticed a book that had probably been left behind by a traveler.
The bootmaker makes boots and shoes. Nobody lets thieves into his house. The brave sailor was drowned in the sea. An author writes books, and a writer simply copies papers. We have various servants - a cook, a housemaid, a nurse, and a coachman. (He) who occupies himself with mechanics is a mechanic, and (he) who occupies himself with chemistry is a chemist. A diplomatist we can also call a diplomat, but a physicist we cannot call a "physic," for "physics" is the name of the science itself. One day there came two cheats, who said that they were (are) weavers.
The bootmaker makes boots and shoes. No one lets thieves into their house. The brave sailor drowned at sea. An author writes books, while a writer just copies documents. We have different servants—a cook, a housemaid, a nurse, and a coachman. Someone who works in mechanics is a mechanic, and someone who works in chemistry is a chemist. A diplomat can also be called a diplomat, but we can’t refer to a physicist as a "physic," since "physics" is the name of the science itself. One day, two con artists showed up, claiming to be weavers.
They so hindered me that I spoiled the whole of my work. Send away your brother, for he hinders us. Fetch the doctor, for I am ill. He procured for himself many books from Berlin.
They got in my way so much that I messed up all my work. Send your brother away, because he’s getting in our way. Get the doctor, because I’m not feeling well. He got a lot of books from Berlin for himself.
He grew pale with fear, and afterwards he blushed from shame. In the spring the ice and the snow melt. In the muddy weather my coat became very dirty; therefore I took a brush and cleaned the coat. My uncle did not die (by) a natural death, but nevertheless he did not kill himself, and also was killed by nobody; one day, walking near the railway lines, he fell under the wheels of a moving train, and was killed. I did not hang my cap on this little tree; but the wind blew away the cap from my head, and it, flying, became hung (got caught) on the branches of the little tree. Seat yourself (or, sit down), sir.
He turned pale with fear, and later he blushed with shame. In the spring, the ice and snow melt. During the muddy weather, my coat got really dirty, so I grabbed a brush and cleaned it. My uncle didn’t die of natural causes, but he also didn’t take his own life, and no one killed him; one day, while walking near the train tracks, he fell under the wheels of a moving train and was killed. I didn’t hang my cap on this little tree, but the wind blew it off my head, and it flew up and got caught in the branches of the little tree. Please, have a seat, sir.
His gloomy face made his friend laugh. The whole night they passed awake, and lighted more than sixteen candles. I divested the child of his night clothes, and stood him in the tub; afterwards I dried him. He made friends with evil companions. A poor Hebrew wished to become a Christian. The bottle fell and broke. She became his wife. Little by little she became quite calm.
His sad face made his friend laugh. They stayed up all night and lit more than sixteen candles. I took the child's pajamas off and stood him in the tub; afterwards, I dried him. He started hanging out with bad company. A poor Hebrew wanted to convert to Christianity. The bottle fell and shattered. She became his wife. Slowly, she became much calmer.
The sea is deeper there than any anchor can reach. In some (any) way. Without any reproach of conscience. I know in what sort of place I shall certainly find him. What kind of weather is it? What harm have I done to you? In that way he did everything. He invited him to come into such and such a place. Not every sort of bird sings. Beyond all doubt. No (kind of) man deserves such a punishment. Such books are harmful. At times he visits us.
The sea is deeper there than any anchor can reach. In some way, without any guilt weighing on me. I know exactly where I'll find him. What’s the weather like? What have I done to you? In that way, he handled everything. He asked him to come to this place. Not every type of bird sings. Without a doubt, no man deserves such punishment. Those kinds of books are harmful. Sometimes he visits us.
For some reason he could not sleep. Why do you not answer me? I did not understand your question, therefore I did not answer. People do not understand one another, and therefore they hold themselves aloof. For every reason that is the best.
For some reason, he couldn't sleep. Why aren't you answering me? I didn't understand your question, so I didn't respond. People don't really get each other, and because of that, they keep their distance. For every reason, that's the best.
I once loved you. What lives must of necessity some time die. When shall you go away? In the moonlight night, when all were asleep, then she sat on the edge or the ship. Be for ever blessed! She had never seen a dog before.
I once loved you. What lives must eventually die at some point. When will you leave? On that moonlit night, when everyone was asleep, she sat on the edge of the ship. Be forever blessed! She had never seen a dog before.
Where are the boys? Where did you go? I am staying here. He lost his purse somewhere in the town, but where he lost it he does not know. I willingly came from there here. He begged her to tell him whence she came (whence she comes). For youth there are snares everywhere. Everywhere are flowers, and nowhere can one find more beautiful (ones).
Where are the boys? Where did you go? I'm staying here. He lost his wallet somewhere in town, but he doesn’t know where. I willingly came from there to here. He asked her to tell him where she came from. For youth, there are traps everywhere. There are flowers everywhere, and nowhere can you find more beautiful ones.
How beautiful! Am I fit for a king? So finished the happy day. They shone like diamonds. How are you? Somehow he misunderstood me. My wife thought the same as I. I cannot understand at all what you say. Very strange and quite incomprehensible! I, as president, elected him. I chose him as president.
How beautiful! Am I worthy of a king? So ended the joyful day. They sparkled like diamonds. How are you? He somehow got me wrong. My wife thought the same way I did. I really can't understand what you're saying. It's very strange and totally unclear! I, as president, elected him. I picked him as president.
Whose glove is this? I never take that one's opinion. Suddenly she heard somebody's loud disagreeable voice. Everybody's idea is different. A good friend, without whose help he would never have seen this land. Somebody's loss is not always somebody's gain. Someone's loss is often no one's gain.
Whose glove is this? I never listen to that person's opinion. Suddenly, she heard a loud, unpleasant voice. Everyone's idea is different. A good friend, without whose help he would never have gotten to this place. Someone's loss doesn't always mean someone else gains. Often, someone's loss is just that—nobody gains anything.
I feel that something is happening. Never did I give you anything. I wish to do something good for (to) you. What is this? What kind of ornament is this? What do I see? This is all I spoke of. I will give up nothing to you. Do nothing against your mother. Before all, be faithful to yourself. She began to feel something such as (which) she herself in the beginning could (can) not understand.
I feel like something is going on. I've never given you anything. I want to do something nice for you. What is this? What kind of decoration is this? What am I seeing? This is everything I've talked about. I won't give up anything to you. Don't go against your mother. Above all, stay true to yourself. She started to feel something that she couldn't understand at first.
She spoke a little angrily. The pupils of the eyes little by little contracted. Who is so unreasonable (senseless) that he can believe it? How much money have you? I have none. Give me as much water as wine.
She spoke a bit angrily. Her pupils gradually narrowed. Who is so unreasonable that they can believe this? How much money do you have? I have none. Give me as much water as wine.
Somebody comes; who is it? Would anybody have the courage to do that? Everybody tried to save himself as he could. A language in which nobody will understand us. None of them could save the drowning person. He helped nobody ever (never helped anybody) even with one centime. We shall go all together. I know nobody in that town. This is beyond all human strength.
Somebody's coming; who is it? Would anyone have the guts to do that? Everyone tried to save themselves as best as they could. A language no one will understand. None of them could save the person who was drowning. He never helped anyone, not even with one cent. We’ll all go together. I don’t know anyone in that town. This is beyond human strength.
Where I am travelling from, whither and why, I can only answer: I know not. They begged him to delay a little (with) his departure. These nests are often larger than the huts of the people of that place. He departed with the firm resolve to leave for ever this ungrateful land. If anyone were to see that, he would curse Fortune. I would give a hundred pounds sterling if ox tongue could have for me such a good taste as for you. What time is it? Nearly (soon) twelve o'clock.
Where I’m coming from, where I’m going, and why, I can only say: I don’t know. They asked him to wait a bit longer before leaving. These nests are often bigger than the huts of the local people. He left determined to never return to this ungrateful land. If anyone saw that, they would curse their luck. I would pay a hundred pounds if ox tongue tasted as good to me as it does to you. What time is it? Almost noon.
On a hot day I like to walk in a wood. They opened the gate noisily, and the carriage drove into the courtyard. This is no longer simple rain, but a downpour. A huge dog put its forepaw on me, and from terror I did not know what to do. Before our army stood a great series of cannon. (In) that night a terrible gale blew. With delight. He longed to go away again.
On a hot day, I enjoy walking in the woods. They opened the gate loudly, and the carriage rolled into the courtyard. This isn’t just simple rain anymore; it’s a torrential downpour. A huge dog placed its paw on me, and out of fear, I didn’t know what to do. In front of our army stood a long line of cannons. That night, a fierce wind blew. With joy, he wished to leave again.
Immediately after heating the stove was hot, in an hour it was only warm, in two hours it was only just warm, and after three hours it was already quite cold. I bought for the children a little table and some little seats. In our country there are no mountains, but only hills. In summer we find coolness in thick woods. He sits near the table and dozes. A narrow path leads through this field to our house. On his face I saw a joyful smile. Before the woman appeared a pretty little dog. Pardon, he whispered.
Immediately after heating, the stove was hot; in an hour, it was only warm, in two hours it was just warm, and after three hours it was already quite cold. I bought a little table and some small chairs for the kids. In our country, there are no mountains, just hills. In summer, we find coolness in dense woods. He sits by the table and dozes off. A narrow path leads through this field to our house. I saw a joyful smile on his face. A pretty little dog appeared in front of the woman. "Excuse me," he whispered.
With (by means of) an axe we chop, with a saw we saw, with a spade we dig, with a needle we sew, with scissors we clip. The knife was so blunt that I could not cut the meat with it, and I had to use my pocket knife. Have you a corkscrew to uncork the bottle? I wished to lock the door, but I had lost the key. She combs her hair with a silver comb. In summer we travel by various vehicles, and in winter by a sledge. To-day it is beautiful frosty weather; therefore I shall take my skates and go skating. The steersman of the "Pinta" injured the rudder. The magnetic needle. The first indicator in most illnesses is the tongue. He put it on the plate of a pair of scales.
With an axe, we chop; with a saw, we saw; with a spade, we dig; with a needle, we sew; with scissors, we cut. The knife was so dull that I couldn’t cut the meat with it, so I had to use my pocket knife. Do you have a corkscrew to open the bottle? I wanted to lock the door, but I lost the key. She brushes her hair with a silver comb. In the summer, we travel by various vehicles, and in the winter, we use a sled. Today, the weather is beautifully frosty; therefore, I will grab my skates and go skating. The steersman of the "Pinta" damaged the rudder. The magnetic needle. The first sign of most illnesses is the tongue. He placed it on the plate of a scale.
The sailors must obey the captain. All the inhabitants of a state are citizens (subjects) of the state. Townsfolk are usually sharper than villagers. The Parisians are gay folk. Our town has good policemen, but not a sufficiently energetic chief constable. Lutherans and Calvinists are Christians. Germans and Frenchmen who live in Russia are Russian subjects, although they are not Russians. He is an awkward and simple provincial. The inhabitants of one state are fellow-countrymen, the inhabitants of one town are fellow-citizens, the professors of one religion are co-religionists. Those who have the same ideas are fellow-thinkers.
The sailors have to follow the captain's orders. Everyone in a state is a citizen (or subject) of that state. People from towns tend to be more astute than those from the countryside. Parisians are cheerful people. Our town has good police officers, but the chief of police isn't very energetic. Lutherans and Calvinists are both Christians. Germans and French people living in Russia are subjects of Russia, even if they're not Russian. He's an awkward and plain provincial person. People from the same state are compatriots, residents of the same town are fellow citizens, and followers of the same religion are co-religionists. Those who share similar ideas are like-minded individuals.
The ruler of our country is a good and wise king. The governor of our province is strict but just. Our regimental chief (colonel) is like a good father to (for) his soldiers. They are as (equally) proud as a housewife of her house. On the engine the engine-driver sat alone. The emperor, accompanied by the empress, had just entered (into) his box.
The ruler of our country is a good and wise king. The governor of our province is strict but fair. Our regimental chief (colonel) is like a caring father to his soldiers. They are as proud as a housewife of her home. The engine-driver sat alone in the engine. The emperor, with the empress by his side, had just entered his box.
Our country will conquer, for our army is large and brave. On a steep ladder he raised himself to the roof of the house. I do not know the Spanish language, but by help of a Spanish-German dictionary, I nevertheless understood your letter a little. On these vast and grassy fields feed great herds of beasts, especially flocks of fine-woolled sheep. The train consisted almost entirely (only) of passenger coaches. They put before me a cover (table requisites), which consisted of a plate, spoon, knife, fork, a small glass for brandy, a glass for wine, and a serviette. On the sea was a great ship, and among the rigging everywhere sat sailors. His escort stood at the back of the box. Dark ranges of mountains bar the way.
Our country will triumph because our army is strong and courageous. He climbed a steep ladder to get onto the roof of the house. I don't know Spanish, but with the help of a Spanish-German dictionary, I was able to understand your letter a little. In these vast, grassy fields, large herds of animals graze, especially flocks of fine-wool sheep. The train was made up almost entirely of passenger cars. They set a table for me with a plate, spoon, knife, fork, a small glass for brandy, a glass for wine, and a napkin. There was a large ship on the sea, and sailors were hanging out among the rigging everywhere. His escort stood at the back of the carriage. Dark mountain ranges block the way.
A florin, a shilling, and a penny are coins. A grain of sand fell into my eye. One spark is enough to explode gunpowder.
A florin, a shilling, and a penny are coins. A grain of sand fell into my eye. One spark is enough to ignite gunpowder.
A poor wise man dined with a miserly rich man. A fool everyone beats. He is a liar and a despicable man. A coward fears even his own shadow. This old man has become quite silly and childish. A learned man undertook an important scientific work. Only saints have the right to enter here. He only is the great, the powerful (One). It is not the legend about the beauty Zobeida. After an infectious disease the clothes of the patient are often burned. The curse of the prophet is over the head of an ungrateful one. After some minutes the brave man went out. All the saints, help!
A poor wise man had dinner with a stingy rich man. Everyone picks on a fool. He’s a liar and a contemptible person. A coward is afraid of even his own shadow. This old man has become quite foolish and childish. A knowledgeable person took on an important scientific project. Only saints have the right to enter here. He alone is the great, the powerful One. This is not the tale about the beautiful Zobeida. After a contagious illness, the clothes of the patient are often burned. The prophet's curse hangs over the ungrateful. After a few minutes, the brave man stepped outside. All the saints, help!
She returned to her father's palace. They both went to the mayor. Did I not do good to you? She told him nothing. She wrote him a letter. He every day teaches people something which they do not know. They flew towards the sun. One sister promised the other to tell her what she saw, and what most pleased her the first day. Perhaps he will forgive you. She did not believe her own ears. He did not know that he had (has) to thank her [for] his life. She saved his life. The witch cut off the tongue of the mermaid.
She went back to her dad’s palace. They both visited the mayor. “Didn’t I do right by you?” she asked him. She didn’t say anything to him. Instead, she wrote him a letter. Every day, he teaches people something new. They flew towards the sun. One sister promised the other that she would share what she saw and what made her happiest on the first day. “Maybe he’ll forgive you.” She couldn’t believe what she was hearing. He had no idea he owed his life to her. She saved his life. The witch cut off the mermaid’s tongue.
I lived with her father. It fell to (on) the bottom of the sea on the breaking up of the ship. By [the] light of torches. Arm in arm. There seized him some fear at the thought. Nothing helps; one must only bravely remain of his [own] opinion. She laughed at his recital. At every word which you (will) speak, out of your mouth will come either a flower or a precious stone.
I lived with her dad. It sank to the bottom of the sea when the ship broke apart. By the light of torches. Arm in arm. He felt a bit scared at the thought. Nothing helps; one must just bravely stick to their own opinions. She laughed at his story. With every word you speak, either a flower or a precious stone will come out of your mouth.
He stopped near the door. The serpent crawled about her feet. When he was with me, he stood a whole hour by the window. I lived in a tree near your house. She planted near the statue a rose-red willow. The wayside trees.
He stopped by the door. The snake slithered around her feet. When he was with me, he stood by the window for an entire hour. I lived in a tree close to your house. She planted a rose-red willow by the statue. The trees by the roadside.
The bird flies in the room (= it is in the room and flies [about] in it). The bird flies into the room (= it is outside the room, and now flies into it). I am travelling in Spain. I am travelling to (into) Spain. What to do then (is to be done) in such a case? I am in a good temper. He whispered to the queen in the ear. In consequence of this occurrence. I should prefer to stay here in peace. Her birthday was exactly in the middle of winter. He glanced into the child's eyes. He was a tall handsome man of the age of forty years. In the whole of my life. At the end of the year. Hand in hand. Entering (having entered) the carriage, she sat as if on pins. Corn is ground into flour. Alexander turned into dust. He divided the apple into two parts.
The bird is flying in the room (it is in the room and flying around). The bird flies into the room (it is outside, and now it flies inside). I’m traveling in Spain. I’m traveling to Spain. What should be done in such a case? I’m in a good mood. He whispered in the queen's ear. Because of this event. I’d prefer to stay here in peace. Her birthday was right in the middle of winter. He glanced into the child's eyes. He was a tall, handsome man, about forty years old. Throughout my life. At the end of the year. Hand in hand. As she entered the carriage, she sat as if she were on pins. Corn is ground into flour. Alexander turned to dust. He divided the apple into two pieces.
Between Russia and France is Germany. They divided among them twelve apples. Between ten and eleven o'clock in the morning. Between the pillars stood marble figures. Near the wall between the windows stood a sofa. They talked long among themselves. In this disease an hour may decide between life and death. In the interval between the speeches they set off fireworks.
Between Russia and France is Germany. They split twelve apples among themselves. Between ten and eleven in the morning. Marble figures stood between the pillars. A sofa was placed near the wall between the windows. They had a long conversation among themselves. In this illness, an hour can mean the difference between life and death. During the break between the speeches, they launched fireworks.
I am standing outside the house, and he is inside. He is outside the door. Now we are out of danger. He lives outside the town. Standing outside, he could only see the outer side of our house. He pointed outside into the darkness. I left him outside. This man is better outwardly than within.
I’m standing outside the house, and he’s inside. He’s outside the door. Now we’re out of danger. He lives on the outskirts of town. Standing outside, he could only see the outside of our house. He pointed into the darkness. I left him outside. This guy seems better on the outside than on the inside.
He went out of the town. He has just returned from foreign parts. With extraordinary vivacity she jumped out of the carriage (of the train). She put a crown of white lilies on her (another's) head (hair). He made use of the opportunity. These nests are made wholly of earth. She was the bravest of all. Now you have grown up! He went out of the bedroom, and entered into the dining-room. The Esperanto alphabet consists of twenty-eight letters.
He left the town. He just got back from overseas. With incredible energy, she leapt out of the carriage (of the train). She placed a crown of white lilies on her (someone else's) head (hair). He took advantage of the moment. These nests are completely made of earth. She was the most courageous of all. Now you've grown up! He walked out of the bedroom and into the dining room. The Esperanto alphabet has twenty-eight letters.
I am sitting on a seat and have my feet on a little bench. He came back with a cat on his arm. I put my hand on the table. He fell on his knees. Do not go on the bridge. He threw himself in despair on a seat. He slapped him on the shoulder and pressed him down on to the sofa. I seated myself in the place of the absent stoker. Fruit-culture must influence for good those who are occupied with it.
I’m sitting in a chair with my feet on a small bench. He returned with a cat around his arm. I rested my hand on the table. He dropped to his knees. Don’t go on the bridge. He collapsed in despair onto a chair. He slapped him on the shoulder and pushed him down onto the couch. I took the spot of the missing stoker. Growing fruit should have a positive impact on those who are involved with it.
Over the earth is air. His thoughts rose high above the clouds. She received permission to rise above the surface of the sea. They could rise on the high mountains high above the clouds. He stands above on the mountain, and looks down on to the field. She sat on the water and swung up and down.
Over the earth is air. His thoughts soared high above the clouds. She got permission to rise above the surface of the sea. They could ascend the high mountains far above the clouds. He stands above on the mountain and looks down at the field. She sat on the water and swung up and down.
From under the sofa the mouse ran under the bed, and now it runs [about] under the bed. She often had to dive under the water. To (under) the sound of music they danced on the deck. Under her gaze blossomed the white lilies. She sank under the water. She swam up at sunset.
From under the sofa, the mouse scurried under the bed, and now it runs around under the bed. She often had to dive into the water. To the sound of music, they danced on the deck. Under her gaze, the white lilies bloomed. She sank into the water. She swam up at sunset.
He is so stout that he cannot go through our narrow door. She looked up through the dark-blue water. Through the roseate air shone the evening star. The sound of the bells penetrates down to her. They glide among the branches. On the fireplace between two pots stands an iron kettle; out of the kettle, in which is boiling water, goes steam; through the window, which is near the door, the vapour goes into the court.
He is so heavy that he can't fit through our narrow door. She looked up through the dark blue water. The evening star shone through the pink-tinted air. The sound of the bells reaches her. They glide among the branches. On the fireplace between two pots sits an iron kettle; steam rises from the kettle, which has boiling water in it; through the window near the door, the vapor escapes into the courtyard.
The swallow flew across the river, for across (on the other side of) the river were other swallows. They can fly on ships across the sea. "Why did Hannibal go across the Alps? Because then the tunnel was not yet ready." It is impossible that they should have gone across the ocean. Everything was turned upside down.
The swallow flew over the river because there were other swallows on the other side. They can fly on ships across the sea. "Why did Hannibal cross the Alps? Because the tunnel wasn't ready then." It's impossible that they could have crossed the ocean. Everything was chaotic.
We passed by the station. At this moment the abbot passes by. In passing, I asked him if it were (is) yet twelve o'clock. The mill cannot grind with the water that is past.
We walked by the station. At that moment, the abbot walked by. As he passed, I asked him if it was already twelve o'clock. The mill can't grind with the water that's gone.
Before them stood a church. Before such men it is worth while to speak. Often in the night she stood before the window. I am guilty towards (before) you. An hour ago. A short time ago he woke up very hoarse. Not long ago the house was sold publicly. Do not go before you know that everything is in order. I must let them sweep out the room before we (shall) begin to dance. I was there the previous year. Formerly I never thought about wealth. It was with (to) her as the witch prophesied.
Before them stood a church. It's worth speaking in front of such men. Often at night, she stood by the window. I am guilty towards you. An hour ago. A little while back, he woke up very hoarse. Not long ago, the house was sold publicly. Don’t leave until you know that everything is in order. I need to let them clean out the room before we start dancing. I was there last year. I never used to think about wealth. It happened to her just as the witch predicted.
He remained behind the door. Little by little. She began eagerly to read page after page. She looked after him with a smile. After some minutes the sun rose. She threw her arms backwards and forwards. We shall stay some weeks in Paris; afterwards we shall travel into Germany.
He stayed behind the door. Little by little, she eagerly read page after page. She smiled at him. After a few minutes, the sun came up. She stretched her arms back and forth. We will stay in Paris for a few weeks; then we will travel to Germany.
During the whole day (or, the whole day) he remained alone. During (for) some months she did not leave her room. He slept during the whole concert (or, the whole concert). While the preparations lasted, he was a guest of the king. While he is journeying on the road to Granada, in Santa Fé his fate is being decided.
During the entire day, he stayed by himself. For several months, she didn’t leave her room. He slept through the whole concert. While the preparations were happening, he was a guest of the king. As he traveled on the road to Granada, his fate was being decided in Santa Fé.
They used to work until late at night. The plate of the scales sank to the ground. Its rays crept up to the dome. Lend me ten roubles until to-morrow. He worked on from early morning till late at night. He will fight to the very end. We kept going up always higher and higher to the fourth story. It will exist until the world shall perish.
They used to work late into the night. The scale's plate fell to the ground. Its beams reached up to the dome. Can you lend me ten rubles until tomorrow? He worked from early morning until late at night. He will fight until the very end. We kept going up, higher and higher, to the fourth floor. It will exist until the world ends.
The king came about midday into the village of Reading. About morning the gale ended. About ten metres will be sufficient. All gathered round the glass globe. One can look very far round about. Great mountains of ice floated around. He looked around on all sides.
The king arrived in the village of Reading around midday. The storm died down in the morning. About ten meters would be enough. Everyone gathered around the glass globe. You can see a long distance all around. Huge icebergs floated nearby. He looked around in every direction.
The light of the moon. In the middle of the square stood a house. He might be of the age (have the age) of sixteen years. Their lifetime is still shorter than ours. They rose from beside the table. I thought that you would (will) never return from thence. The sailors took down the sails. He dismounted from the horse.
The light of the moon. In the middle of the square stood a house. He might be around sixteen years old. His life is still shorter than ours. They got up from the table. I thought that you would never come back from there. The sailors took down the sails. He got off the horse.
A wine glass is a glass in which there was wine previously, or which is used for wine; a glass of wine is a glass full of wine. Bring me a metre of black cloth. (Metro de drapo would mean a yard-measure which was lying on cloth, or which is used for cloth). I bought a half-score of eggs. This river has a length of two hundred kilometres (has two hundred kilometres of length). On the seashore stood a crowd of people. Many birds fly in the autumn into warmer lands. On the tree were many birds. Some people feel happiest when they see the sufferings of their neighbours. In the room were (sat) only a few people. "Da" after any word shows that this word signifies measure.
A wine glass is a glass that used to hold wine or is used for wine; a glass of wine is a glass filled with wine. Bring me a meter of black cloth. (Metro de drapo would mean a yardstick that was lying on cloth or that is used for measuring cloth). I bought a dozen eggs. This river is two hundred kilometers long. On the beach, there was a crowd of people. Many birds fly to warmer places in the fall. There were many birds in the tree. Some people feel happiest when they see their neighbors suffering. There were only a few people in the room. "Da" after any word indicates that the word refers to a measure.
It is a beautiful piece of stuff. On the plate he put thousands of pieces of silver. The lights glitter like hundreds of stars. A boy bought a little bottle of ink. They construct little towers containing many little chambers. He gave them a great sum of money.
It’s a beautiful piece of art. On the plate, he placed thousands of silver pieces. The lights sparkle like hundreds of stars. A boy bought a small bottle of ink. They build little towers with many small rooms. He gave them a large amount of money.
I eat with my mouth, and smell with my nose. She trod with her foot on the serpent. It covered the lovely lily with white foam. The body ended in a fish's tail. All the walls are decorated with great paintings. By here, and by no other way, the thief escaped. In what way can one come into the land of gold? In such a way. In one word. The star Venus began to burn with envy.
I eat with my mouth and smell with my nose. She stepped on the snake with her foot. It covered the beautiful lily with white foam. The body ended in a fish tail. All the walls are adorned with amazing paintings. This way, and no other, is how the thief got away. How can you enter the land of gold? Like this. In one word. The star Venus started to glow with jealousy.
She wished to play with them, but they ran away in terror. With what attention she listened to these tales. The most beautiful of them was the young prince with the great black eyes. Hither swam the sea-maiden with the beautiful prince. With pleasure. With every year the number of members rapidly increased.
She wanted to play with them, but they ran away in fear. She listened to these stories with great interest. The most captivating one was about the young prince with the stunning black eyes. Here came the sea-maiden with the beautiful prince. With joy. Every year, the number of members grew quickly.
The Tartar remained without a good horse and without food. Almost without life he was driven about by the waves. They wove with all their might, but without thread (threads). Without a word he obeyed. The leaves moved ceaselessly. He created numberless birds.
The Tartar had no good horse or food. He was almost lifeless, tossed about by the waves. They struggled with all their strength, but without any threads. He followed orders without a word. The leaves kept moving endlessly. He created countless birds.
He treated himself in order to regain his health. She had a great deal to tell. He went into the church to make his confession. In order to pass the time somehow. Nobody is more fit for his post than he. He used all his might to please his master. For me it is all one wherever I live. Take (the pay) for the coffee.
He took care of himself to get back his health. She had a lot to share. He entered the church to confess. Just to kill some time. No one is better suited for his position than he is. He did everything he could to please his boss. For me, it doesn’t matter where I live. Take the payment for the coffee.
He died of hunger. I had a very good estate, which was sold on account of debts. For heaven's sake, do not do this. He was convinced that on his own account he need not fear. On this account Venus gives more light than many other stars. Whether for that, or for some other reason, I know not.
He died of starvation. I had a great estate that was sold due to debts. For heaven's sake, don’t do this. He believed that he had nothing to fear on his own. For this reason, Venus shines brighter than many other stars. Whether that's why or for some other reason, I don't know.
She wished to believe that the Hebrew spoke of someone else. Now the woman has everything, she can ask for nothing. Do not think about this. One cannot truly say that about you. There were still many things about which they wished to know. He could not even dream about her. She used to ask the old grandmother about that.
She wanted to believe that the Hebrew was talking about someone else. Now the woman has it all, so she can’t ask for anything. Don’t think about this. You can’t really say that about yourself. There were still many things they wanted to know. He couldn’t even dream about her. She used to ask her grandmother about that.
I remain here by order of my chief. He began to go along this river. They had permission to go up always according to their (own) will. She could dig and plant as she pleased (according to her liking). The shells closed and opened according to the flow of the water. From his outward appearance he seemed a respectable man. At the command "three" you will shoot at the tree. The younger daughter was the very picture of her father in her goodness and honesty.
I’m here at my boss’s request. He started to travel along this river. They were allowed to go upstream whenever they wanted. She could dig and plant however she liked. The shells opened and closed with the water’s flow. He looked like a respectable man. When I say "three," shoot at the tree. The younger daughter perfectly resembled her father in her kindness and integrity.
You have remedies against all diseases. What can he alone do against a hundred men? Contrary to his custom, the professor said nothing. It flew against the reflector. Against her own will she confessed this. He began to feel a certain disgust against himself. The opposite side. They sat down one opposite the other. She was unjust towards him. Contrary to usual, the number of dancers was great.
You have solutions for all illnesses. What can one person do against a hundred? Breaking his usual silence, the professor said nothing. It hit the reflector. Against her better judgment, she admitted this. He started to feel a sense of disgust for himself. The other side. They sat down facing each other. She was unfair to him. Unlike usual, there were a lot of dancers.
Instead of him his brother was sent. Instead of going out he remained in the house. An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth. Instead of coffee he gave me tea with sugar, but without cream. Instead of "la" one can also say "l'" (but only after a preposition which ends with a vowel).
Instead of him, his brother was sent. Rather than going out, he stayed in the house. An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth. Instead of coffee, he gave me tea with sugar, but no cream. Instead of "la," you can also say "l'" (but only after a preposition that ends with a vowel).
In the drawing-room there was nobody except him and his fiancée. Besides the empty loom there was nothing. Besides ourselves we had very little to bring in. She wished to have, besides the red flowers, only one beautiful statue. All slept, save the steersman beside his tiller. In addition to the members, many guests journey there.
In the drawing-room, it was just him and his fiancée. Besides the empty loom, there was nothing else. We really didn’t have much to contribute, just ourselves. She wanted to have, in addition to the red flowers, only one beautiful statue. Everyone else was asleep, except for the steersman by his tiller. Along with the members, many guests travel there.
He worked hard, but in spite of everything he did not succeed. It was still fairly warm, notwithstanding that the sun was low. They will be severely punished if, notwithstanding the prohibition, they (shall) offend against the freedom of the road. Despite all my endeavours to prevent him, he went away.
He worked hard, but despite everything, he didn’t succeed. It was still pretty warm, even though the sun was low. They will be severely punished if, despite the prohibition, they violate the freedom of the road. Despite all my efforts to stop him, he went away.
For my four children I bought twelve apples, and to each of the children I gave at the rate of three apples. They may cost three to five shillings each. This book has sixty pages; therefore if I (shall) read every day (at the rate of) fifteen pages, I shall finish the whole book in four days. I bought four books at sixpence each.
For my four kids, I bought twelve apples and gave each child three apples. They each cost around three to five shillings. This book has sixty pages; so if I read fifteen pages a day, I’ll finish the whole book in four days. I bought four books for sixpence each.
We were only engaged about some household affairs. The structure is similar to a mushroom. They ran away when the woman cried out at them. In the evening the sky became covered with clouds. From fear of Karagara I ran away. She was very proud of her high rank. The dog sincerely mourned for him. None of them was so full of desires as the youngest girl. On word of honour.
We were just talking about some household things. The shape is similar to a mushroom. They took off when the woman yelled at them. By evening, the sky was filled with clouds. Out of fear of Karagara, I fled. She was really proud of her high status. The dog genuinely grieved for him. None of them had as many desires as the youngest girl. On my word.
If we need to use a preposition, and the sense does not show us what preposition to use, then we can use the general preposition "je." But it is well to use the word "je" as seldom as possible. Instead of the word "je" we can also use the accusative without a preposition. I laugh at his simplicity (or, I laugh on account of his simplicity; or, I ridicule his simplicity). The last time I saw him with you I travelled two days and one night. I sigh for my lost happiness. From the said rule it follows that if we do not know as to any verb whether it requires the accusative case after it (that is, whether it is active) or not, we can always use the accusative. For example, we can say "obei al la patro" and "obei la patron" (instead of "obei je la patro"). But we do not use the accusative when the clearness of the sense forbids it; for example, we can say "pardoni al la malamiko" and "pardoni la malamikon," but we must always say "pardoni al la malamiko lian kulpon."
If we need to use a preposition and it's unclear which one to use, we can simply use the general preposition "je." However, we should try to use "je" as little as possible. Instead of "je," we can also use the accusative without a preposition. For instance, I laugh at his simplicity (or, I laugh because of his simplicity; or, I make fun of his simplicity). The last time I saw him with you, I traveled for two days and one night. I long for my lost happiness. According to this rule, if we’re unsure whether a verb requires the accusative case (meaning if it’s active), we can always use the accusative. For example, we can say "obei al la patro" and "obei la patron" (instead of "obei je la patro"). But we don’t use the accusative when the meaning is clear enough without it; for example, we can say "pardoni al la malamiko" and "pardoni la malamikon," but we must always say "pardoni al la malamiko lian kulpon."
The photographer photographed me, and I sent my photograph to my father. You talk nonsense, my friend. I drank tea, with cake and jam. Water is a fluid. I did not wish to drink the wine, for it had in it a certain muddiness. On the table were various sweetmeats. I ate a tasty omelette. When I travel anywhere I never take with me much luggage. An ice is a sweet frozen dainty. The whole surface of the lake was covered with floating leaves and various other plants (growths). The timber merchant sells wood, and the joiner makes tables, chairs, and other wooden objects. I use no sort of alcoholics. His old mother carried on the management of the house. "An evil appearance he had," answered the Jew. She thought over the doings of the past day. It is as light as a cobweb. The train of the dress was long. They move like living beings.
The photographer took my picture, and I sent the photo to my dad. You talk nonsense, my friend. I had tea with cake and jam. Water is a liquid. I didn’t want to drink the wine because it was a bit murky. There were various sweets on the table. I had a delicious omelette. Whenever I travel, I don’t bring much luggage. An ice is a sweet frozen treat. The entire surface of the lake was covered with floating leaves and other plants. The lumber dealer sells wood, and the carpenter makes tables, chairs, and other wooden items. I don't consume any alcohol. His elderly mother managed the household. "He had a sinister look," replied the Jew. She reflected on the events of the previous day. It is as light as a spider's web. The train of the dress was long. They move like living creatures.
He loves this girl on account of her beauty and goodness. His heroism greatly pleased me. I live with them in great friendship. We are, in fact, close to the river. This is the most important quality. Court ceremony necessitates inconvenience. The wealth of this man is great, but his foolishness is still greater.
He loves this girl because of her beauty and kindness. I was really impressed by his bravery. I get along well with them. We’re actually close to the river. That’s the most significant thing. Formal occasions can be a hassle. This guy has a lot of money, but his stupidity is even worse.
In these little bottles are various acids—vinegar, sulphuric acid, nitric acid, and others. The acidity of this vinegar is very weak. Your wine is only some abominable acid thing. This great eminence is not a natural mountain. The height of that mountain is not very great.
In these small bottles are different acids—vinegar, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and more. The acidity of this vinegar is quite weak. Your wine is just a terrible acidic substance. This impressive peak isn’t a natural mountain. The height of that mountain isn’t very high.
The house in which one learns is a school, and the house in which one prays is a church. The cook sits in the kitchen. The doctor advises me to go into a vapour-bath. The horse put one hoof on a serpent's nest. The woman used to walk through lovely woods and meadows. He came into his lodging. He stopped by the gate of the monastery.
The house where you learn is a school, and the house where you pray is a church. The cook is in the kitchen. The doctor tells me to take a steam bath. The horse put one hoof on a snake's nest. The woman used to stroll through beautiful woods and fields. He arrived at his place. He paused by the monastery gate.
Russians live in Russia, and Germans in Germany. My writing materials consist of an inkstand, a sand-box, a few pens, a pencil, and a blotter. In my trousers pocket I carry a purse, and in my overcoat pocket I carry a pocket book; a larger portfolio I carry under my arm. Put on the table the sugar-basin, the tea-caddy, and the teapot.
Russians live in Russia, and Germans live in Germany. My writing supplies include an inkstand, a sand tray, a few pens, a pencil, and a blotter. In my pants pocket, I carry a wallet, and in my coat pocket, I carry a notepad; I also have a larger portfolio tucked under my arm. Please put the sugar bowl, the tea container, and the teapot on the table.
A shop in which one sells cigars, or a room in which one keeps cigars, is a cigar-store; a box or other object in which one keeps cigars is a cigar-case; a little tube in which one puts a cigar when one smokes it is a cigar-holder. A little box in which one keeps pens is a pen-box, and a little stick, on which one holds a pen to write, is a penholder. In the candlestick was a burning candle.
A shop where you sell cigars, or a room where you keep cigars, is a cigar store; a box or other container for holding cigars is a cigar case; a small tube that you put a cigar in while smoking is a cigar holder. A small box for keeping pens is a pen box, and a little stick that you hold a pen with to write is a pen holder. In the candlestick was a burning candle.
A father and a mother together are named parents. Peter, Anne, and Elizabeth are my brother and sisters. Mr. and Mrs. N. will come to us this evening. The engaged couple stood by the altar. I congratulated the young married pair by telegraph. The king and queen left Cordova. She married (with) her cousin, although her parents wished to marry her to another person.
A father and a mother together are called parents. Peter, Anne, and Elizabeth are my siblings. Mr. and Mrs. N. will come to our place this evening. The engaged couple stood at the altar. I congratulated the newlyweds by telegram. The king and queen left Cordova. She married her cousin, even though her parents wanted her to marry someone else.
My wife's father is my father-in-law, I am his son-in-law, and my father is the father-in-law of my wife. All my wife's relations are my relations by marriage, consequently her brother is my brother-in-law, her sister is my sister-in-law; my brother and sister are the brother-in-law and sister-in-law of my wife. The wife of my nephew and the niece of my wife are my nieces by marriage. A woman who treats the sick is a lady doctor; the wife of a doctor is a doctor's wife. Mrs. Dr. A. visited Dr. and Mrs. P. to-day. He is not a laundryman, he is a washerwoman's husband.
My wife's dad is my father-in-law, I’m his son-in-law, and my dad is my wife’s father-in-law. All my wife's relatives are my relatives by marriage, so her brother is my brother-in-law, and her sister is my sister-in-law; my brother and sister are my wife’s brother-in-law and sister-in-law. The wife of my nephew and my wife’s niece are my nieces by marriage. A woman who helps sick people is a lady doctor; the wife of a doctor is a doctor’s wife. Mrs. Dr. A. visited Dr. and Mrs. P. today. He’s not a laundry worker, he’s the husband of a washerwoman.
The sons, grandsons, and great-grandsons of a king are princes. The Hebrews are Israelites, for they are descended from Israel. A foal is an immature horse, a chicken an immature fowl, a calf an immature ox, a fledgeling an immature bird. That beautiful land was in a very primeval state.
The sons, grandsons, and great-grandsons of a king are princes. The Hebrews are Israelites because they come from Israel. A foal is a young horse, a chick is a young bird, a calf is a young cow, and a fledgling is a young bird. That lovely land was in a very ancient state.
John, Nicholas, Ernest, William, Mary, Clara, and Sophia are called by their parents Johnny (or Jack), Nick, Ernie, Will (or Willie or Bill or Billy), Polly (or Molly), Clarry, and Sophy.
John, Nicholas, Ernest, William, Mary, Clara, and Sophia are called by their parents Johnny (or Jack), Nick, Ernie, Will (or Willie or Bill or Billy), Polly (or Molly), Clarry, and Sophy.
Steel is flexible, but iron is not flexible. Not every plant is edible. Glass is breakable and transparent. Your speech is quite incomprehensible, and your letters are always written quite illegibly. The darkness is impenetrable. He related to me a story altogether incredible. Perhaps I can (shall be able to) help you. Do you love your father? What a question! of course (that) I love him. Probably I shall not be able to come to you to-day, for I think that I myself shall have guests to-day. The table stands askew, and will probably soon fall over. He did his best (his possible).
Steel is flexible, but iron isn't. Not every plant is safe to eat. Glass can break and is see-through. Your speech is pretty confusing, and your writing is always hard to read. The darkness is impossible to see through. He told me a story that was completely unbelievable. Maybe I can help you. Do you love your dad? What a question! Of course I love him. I probably won't be able to come see you today because I think I have guests coming over. The table is crooked and will likely tip over soon. He did everything he could.
He is a man unworthy of belief. Your action is very praiseworthy. This important day will remain for me for ever memorable. It is a coat of great worth. It is not worthy of thanks. The crew show [themselves] unworthy of their leader.
He is a man not deserving of trust. Your actions are highly admirable. This significant day will always be memorable for me. It is a coat of great value. It doesn't deserve thanks. The crew proves themselves unworthy of their leader.
His wife is very hardworking and economical, but she is also very fond of talking and noisy. He is very irascible, and often becomes excited at the merest trifle; nevertheless he is very forgiving, he does not bear anger long, and he is not at all revengeful. He is very credulous; even the most incredible things, which the most untrustworthy people relate to him, he immediately believes. He is very cleanly, and you will not find even one speck of dust on his coat. He is an excellent boy, but very apt to believe [in] spirits.
His wife is really hardworking and frugal, but she also loves to chat and can be quite loud. He gets angry easily and often gets worked up over small things; however, he is quick to forgive, doesn’t hold grudges for long, and isn’t vengeful at all. He’s really gullible; he immediately believes even the most unbelievable stories from the least trustworthy people. He keeps himself very clean, and you won’t find a speck of dust on his coat. He’s a great guy, but he tends to believe in spirits.
We all came together to talk over very important business, but we could not reach any result, and we parted. Misery often unites people, and happiness often separates them. I tore up the letter, and threw its bits into every corner (all corners) of the room. After this they separated for home. The road branched in several directions.
We all got together to discuss some important matters, but we couldn't come to any conclusion, so we broke apart. Misery often brings people together, while happiness frequently drives them apart. I ripped up the letter and tossed the pieces into every corner of the room. After that, everyone went their separate ways. The road split into several directions.
I willingly fulfilled his desire. In bad weather one may easily take cold. He unbuttoned his overcoat. She played with her fan. Shirts, collars, cuffs, and other similar things we call linen, although they are not always made of linen.
I gladly met his request. In bad weather, it's easy to catch a cold. He unbuttoned his coat. She fiddled with her fan. Shirts, collars, cuffs, and other similar items are what we call linen, even though they aren't always made from linen.
El Tutmonda Anekdotaro.
The Tutmonda Anekdotaro.
Festeno, banquet, (dinner) party.
Festeno, dinner party.
Ibid.
Ibid.
Tilio, lime tree.
Tilio, lime tree.
Knabino sesjara havis katon kaj pupon. Iu demandis ŝin, kiun el la du ŝi preferas. Ŝi ne volis respondi, fine ŝi diris al li en la orelon: "Mi preferas mian katon, sed ne diru, mi petas vin, tion al mia pupo."
Knabino sesjara had a cat and a doll. Someone asked her which of the two she preferred. She didn’t want to answer, but finally she whispered in his ear, “I prefer my cat, but please don’t tell my doll.”
El Unua Legolibro de Kabe.
The First Reading Book by Kabe.
Kiam la fama angla admiralo Hawke estis ankoraŭ knabo kaj la patro unuafoje prenis lin sur ŝipon, li admonis lin bone konduti kaj aldonis: "Tiam mi esperas vidi vin kapitano." " Kapitano!" ekkriis la knabo. "Kara patro, se mi ne esperus fariĝi admiralo, mi ne konsentus esti maristo."
Když byl slavný anglický admirál Hawke ještě chlapec a jeho otec ho poprvé vzal na loď, varoval ho, aby se choval dobře, a dodal: "Tak doufám, že tě uvidím jako kapitána." "Kapitán!" vykřikl chlapec. "Drahý otče, pokud bych nedoufal, že se stanu admirál, nesouhlasil bych být námořníkem."
Ibid.
Ibid.
Admoni, to admonish; konduti, to behave (oneself).
Admoni, to warn; konduti, to act (properly).
El Tutmonda Anekdotaro.
The Tutmonda Anekdotaro.
Peti, to beg; limo, boundary; paliso, palings; vagi, to wander; alvoki, to invoke; ŝajne, apparently; subite, suddenly; kvieta, quiet; advokato, lawyer.
Peti, to beg; limo, boundary; paliso, fence; vagi, to wander; alvoki, to invoke; ŝajne, apparently; subite, suddenly; kvieta, quiet; advokato, lawyer.
El Unua Legolibro de Kabe.
The First Reading Book by Kabe.
Trono, throne; ŝajni, to seem; preta, ready; cigno, swan; ornami, to ornament; brusto, chest; destini, to destine, appoint; selo, saddle; tremi, to tremble; abomeno, disgust.
Trono, throne; ŝajni, to seem; preta, ready; cigno, swan; ornami, to decorate; brusto, chest; destini, to designate, appoint; selo, saddle; tremi, to shake; abomeno, disgust.
El Serba Esperantisto.
The Serba Esperantisto.
Trajto, feature; frunto, forehead; bruna, brown; vango, cheek; mentono, chin; barbo, beard; gorĝo, throat; etendi, to extend, to stretch out; skui, to shake; sango, blood; arterio, artery; vejno, vein; haŭto, skin; muskolo, muscle; nervo, nerve; cerbo, brain; kruro, leg; ventro, belly; membra, limb, member; osto, bone; ĝui, to enjoy; esplori, to examine; glata, smooth; ŝelo, rind, bark; karno, flesh; suko, juice.
Trajto, feature; frunto, forehead; bruna, brown; vango, cheek; mentono, chin; barbo, beard; gorĝo, throat; etendi, to extend, to stretch out; skui, to shake; sango, blood; arterio, artery; vejno, vein; haŭto, skin; muskolo, muscle; nervo, nerve; cerbo, brain; kruro, leg; ventro, belly; membra, limb, member; osto, bone; ĝui, to enjoy; esplori, to examine; glata, smooth; ŝelo, rind, bark; karno, flesh; suko, juice.
El Fabeloj al Helenjo.
El Rusaj Rakontoj.
The Russian Stories.
Mamin Sibirjak.
Mamin Sibirjak.
[Footnote: Baju: Rusa interjekcio; rekantaĵo por dormigi infanojn.]
[Footnote: Baju: Rusa interjection; a lullaby for putting children to sleep.]
Aŭskulti, to listen; fabelo, story; griza, grey; muso, mouse; grilo, cricket; forno, stove; makulo, spot; sturno, starling; straba, squinting; leporo, hare; lupo, wolf; flava, yellow; beko, beak; paĉjo, daddy.
Aŭskulti, to listen; fabelo, story; griza, gray; muso, mouse; grilo, cricket; forno, stove; makulo, spot; sturno, starling; straba, squinting; leporo, hare; lupo, wolf; flava, yellow; beko, beak; paĉjo, daddy.
El Japanaj Rakontoj.
El Japanaj Rakontoj.
K. Kajiwara.
K. Kajiwara.
Nubo, cloud.
Nubo, cloud storage.
Eta Manjo Flindre | |
Sidis intercindre, | |
Etajn piedfingrojn ŝi varmigis. | |
Ŝin vidis patrineto, | |
Puniĝis filineto, | |
Ĉar ŝi la novajn vestojn malpurigis. |
John Ellis, el "The British Esperantist."
John Ellis, the "British Esperantist."
Cindro, cinder, ash; fingro, finger.
Cindro, cinder, ash; fingro, finger.
Jen estas la domo konstruita de Ĵak'.
Jen estas la greno, kiu restis en la domo konstruita de
Ĵak'.
Jen estas la rato, kiu manĝis la grenon, kiu restis,
k.t.p.
Jen estas la kato, kiu mortigis la raton, kiu manĝis,
k.t.p.
Jen estas la hundo, kiu turmentis la katon, kiu mortigis,
k.t.p.
Jen estas la bovino kun kurba korno, kiu ĵetis la hundon,
kiu turmentis, k.t.p.
Jen estas tutsola la virgulino, kiu melkis la bovinon, kiu
ĵetis, k.t.p.
Jen estas la viro, ĉifone vestita, kiu kisis la virgulinon
tutsolan, kiu melkis, k.t.p.
Jen estas la preĝisto, tute razita, kiu edzigis la viron,
ĉifone vestitan, kiu kisis, k.t.p.
Jen estas la koko, matene kriinta, kiu vekis la preĝiston,
tute razitan, kiu edzigis, k.t.p.
Jen estas la farmomastro, grensemanta, kiu posedis la kokon,
matene kriintan, kiu, k.t.p., k.t.p.
Here's the house built by Jack.
Here's the grain that was left in the house built by Jack.
Here's the rat that ate the grain that was left, etc.
Here's the cat that killed the rat that ate, etc.
Here's the dog that tormented the cat that killed, etc.
Here's the cow with the crooked horn that tossed the dog that tormented, etc.
Here's the lonely maiden who milked the cow that tossed, etc.
Here's the man, poorly dressed, who kissed the lonely maiden who milked, etc.
Here's the priest, clean-shaven, who married the man, poorly dressed, who kissed, etc.
Here's the rooster that crowed in the morning, which woke the priest, clean-shaven, who married, etc.
Here's the farmer, sowing seeds, who owned the rooster that crowed in the morning, who, etc., etc.
El "The Esperantist"
The Esperantist
Rato, rat; kato, cat; kurba, curved; korno, horn; sola, alone, solitary; melki, to milk (milk is lakto); ĉifono, rag; farmi, to farm, take on lease; semi, to sow seed; posedi, to possess.
Rato, rat; kato, cat; kurba, curved; korno, horn; sola, alone, solitary; melki, to milk (milk is lakto); ĉifono, rag; farmi, to farm, take on lease; semi, to sow seed; posedi, to possess.
El "Lingvo Internacia."
The "International Language."
Azeno, ass; felo, hide; ŝajni, to seem to be; komerci, to trade; dorso, back; intenci, to intend; bleki, to cry (like an animal); kara, dear; potenca, powerful.
Azeno, donkey; felo, hide; ŝajni, to seem; komerci, to trade; dorso, back; intenci, to intend; bleki, to cry (like an animal); kara, dear; potenca, powerful.
M. F. Zamenhof.
M. F. Zamenhof.
Fasto, fast; mezuri, to measure; rikolto, harvest; enspezo, income; elspezo, outlay; ĵuro, oath; suspekto, suspicion; korvo, raven; piki, to stab.
Fasto, fast; mezuri, to measure; rikolto, harvest; enspezo, income; elspezo, expense; ĵuro, oath; suspekto, suspicion; korvo, raven; piki, to stab.
El Hungaraj Rakontoj.
The Hungarian Storytellers.
Ferenc Herczeg.
Ferenc Herczeg.
Ligi, to bind; angino, quinsy; stalo, stable, stall; pinto, point; ĝeni, to trouble, disturb; funebro, mourning; pendolo, pendulum; ŝranko, cupboard; tirkesto, drawer; vico, turn; antaŭtuko, apron; laca, weary; ĵaluza, jealous.
Ligi, to tie up; angino, severe sore throat; stalo, stable; pinto, point; ĝeni, to bother; funebro, mourning; pendolo, pendulum; ŝranko, cabinet; tirkesto, drawer; vico, turn; antaŭtuko, apron; laca, tired; ĵaluza, jealous.
El Nord-germanaj Rakontoj.
El Nordgermanic Stories.
La ventego kriegis kaj bruegis dum la malluma nokto kaj blovege pelis la foliojn antaŭ si. Kia sonado estis en la aero! De malproksime venas la ventego, el la regiono, kie estas la altaj montoj kaj la granda akvo, el la malvarma nordo. Ĉio, kion ĝi ekkaptas dumvoje, devas kunflugi. Ĝi pelas la foliojn alten, tiel ke ili kirle flugas kaj en sia timo saltas unu super la alia. Jen ĝi permesas al ili dum memento rekonsciiĝi, ili opinias, ke nun ĉesis la sovaĝa pelado, ke ili povas trankvile malleviĝi teren—jen la sovaĝulo ree ekkaptas ilin kaj la ludo denove komenciĝas. Nun ĝi estas en la torfejo; tie ĝi trovas nenion kun kio ĝi povus petoli; tiam ĝi atakas pluvnubon kiu ĵus volis ekpluvi—puŝegas en ĝian flankon, ĝis ĝi tuj disflugas. Jen la blovulo venas en la arbaron kaj furiozas inter la arboj, kiuj ĝemas kaj krakas. Ankoraŭ salton, kaj nun ĝi estas ĉe la lerneja domo, kiu staras kaŝite en arbetaĵoj inter la du vilaĝoj. Ho, kiel ĝi ĝojkriegas ekvidante la malnovan kadukan domon! Tie ĉi mi devas eniĝi! Per ĉiuj pordoj ĝi bruegas kaj skuas ilin, provante malfermegi ilin. Sed vane. Eĉ ne la lignan kovrilon de la truo en la frontono ĝi povas deŝiri, kvankam la rustiĝintaj hokoj preskaŭ ne plu povas teni ĝin. Sed almenaŭ ĝi klakas kaj frapegas per ĝi tiom, ke la edzino de la instruisto vekiĝas.
The wind howled and roared through the dark night, wildly blowing the leaves ahead of it. What a sound filled the air! From a distance, the wind comes, from the area where the tall mountains and great waters are, from the cold north. Everything it catches along the way is swept along. It drives the leaves up, making them swirl and, in their fear, jump one over the other. Suddenly, it allows them a moment to settle, and they think the wild rush has stopped, that they can quietly fall back to the ground—then the wild one grabs them again, and the game starts over. Now it's in the graveyard; there it finds nothing to play with; then it attacks a rain cloud that was about to pour—slamming into its side until it bursts apart. Now the wind bursts into the forest and rages among the trees, which groan and crack. One more leap, and now it’s at the schoolhouse, which sits hidden in the thickets between the two villages. Oh, how it joyfully roars at the sight of the old, rickety house! I must get in here! It pounds and shakes all the doors, trying to force them open. But it’s in vain. It can’t even tear off the wooden cover of the hole in the front, even though the rusty hooks can barely hold it anymore. But at least it claps and bangs on it so much that the teacher's wife wakes up.
Heinrich Bandlow.
Heinrich Bandlow.
Nordo, north; kirli, to whisk, to twirl; konscii, to be conscious; opinii, to be of opinion; torfo, peat; petoli, to play, tease; furiozi, to rage; ĝemi, to groan; kraki, to crack, crackle; kaduka, decayed, infirm; skui, to shake; vane, in vain; frontono, gable, fronton; rusti, to rust; hoko, hook; klaki, to clack, clap.
Nordo, north; kirli, to whisk, to twirl; konscii, to be aware; opinii, to have an opinion; torfo, peat; petoli, to play, tease; furiozi, to rage; ĝemi, to groan; kraki, to crack, crackle; kaduka, decayed, infirm; skui, to shake; vane, in vain; frontono, gable, fronton; rusti, to rust; hoko, hook; klaki, to clack, clap.
El Bulgaraj Rakontoj.
The Bulgarian Stories.
Ivan Minĉev.
Ivan Minĉev.
[Footnote: "Pomako" estas bulgaro fariĝinta mahometano.]
[Footnote: "Pomako" is a Bulgarian who has become a Muslim.]
Klime, man's name; blovego, storm; valo, valley; sovaĝa, wild; krepusko, twilight; boji, to bark; nuda, bare; punkto, point; eviti, to avoid; freneza, crazy; impliki, to entangle; skarpo, scarf; persekuti, to follow in order to harm; ŝovi, to shove, push; verŝajne, apparently; estingi, to extinguish.
Klime, man's name; blovego, storm; valo, valley; sovaĝa, wild; krepusko, twilight; boji, to bark; nuda, bare; punkto, point; eviti, to avoid; freneza, crazy; impliki, to entangle; skarpo, scarf; persekuti, to follow in order to harm; ŝovi, to shove, push; verŝajne, apparently; estingi, to extinguish.
El Prozo el Danaj-Norvegaj Aŭtoroj.
El Prozo el Danaj-Norvegaj Aŭtoroj.
J. P. Jakobsen.
J. P. Jakobsen.
Vibri, to vibrate; kokcinelo, ladybird; urtiko, nettle; velki, to wither; fajfi, to whistle; talpo, mole; streko, streak; klini, bend; sibli, to hiss; ŝpruci, to spurt, to gush; sulko, furrow; truo, hole; rifo, reef; burĝono, bud; musko, moss; ŝveli, to swell; ĉifi, to crinkle, crumple; ŝimo, mildew, mould; gracia, graceful; konvolvolo, convolvulus; kaliko, chalice, calyx; limako, slug; brovo, brow; nuda, bare.
Vibri, to vibrate; kokcinelo, ladybug; urtiko, nettle; velki, to wilt; fajfi, to whistle; talpo, mole; streko, streak; klini, bend; sibli, to hiss; ŝpruci, to spurt, to gush; sulko, furrow; truo, hole; rifo, reef; burĝono, bud; musko, moss; ŝveli, to swell; ĉifi, to crinkle, crumple; ŝimo, mildew, mold; gracia, graceful; konvolvolo, bindweed; kaliko, chalice, calyx; limako, slug; brovo, brow; nuda, bare.
El Pola Antologio.
El Pola Anthology.
Wiktor Gomulicki.
Wiktor Gomulicki.
Greno, corn; placo, place, square; apogi, to lean on; ombrelo, umbrella, parasol; sojlo, threshold; laŭta, loud; sekalo, rye; cejano, corn bluebottle; mielo, honey; bukedo, bouquet; paro, pair; spiko, ear of corn; linio, line; papilio, butterfly; flirti, flutter, wave; fulmo, lightning; tondro, thunder; pepi, to chirp.
Greno, corn; placo, place, square; apogi, to lean on; ombrelo, umbrella, parasol; sojlo, threshold; laŭta, loud; sekalo, rye; cejano, corn bluebottle; mielo, honey; bukedo, bouquet; paro, pair; spiko, ear of corn; linio, line; papilio, butterfly; flirti, flutter, wave; fulmo, lightning; tondro, thunder; pepi, to chirp.
Se la naturo rigidiĝas De prem' de l' vintro frostiganta, Se tute per la neĝ' kovriĝas Je longe tero ekdormanta, Amiko kara! vi ne ploru: Printempo venos kaj somero, Ke la naturo ree floru, Ke verdu, reviviĝu tero. |
A. Naumann.
A. Naumann.
Tra densa mallumo briletas la celo, Tra densa mallumo briletas la celo, Nur rekte, kuraĝe, kaj ne flankiĝante Only straight, bravely, and without deviating Ni semas kaj semas, neniam laciĝas, Ni plantamos y plantamos, nunca nos cansamos, Se longa sekeco aŭ ventoj subitaj Se longa sekeco aŭ ventoj subitaj Nur rekte, kuraĝe kaj ne flankiĝante Nur rekte, kuraĝe kaj ne flankiĝante |
L. Zamenhof, el "Fundamenta Krestomatio."
L. Zamenhof, the "Fundamenta Krestomatio."
Celo, aim; simile, like; fantomo, phantom, apparition; sorto, fate; moko, mockery; elekti, to choose; flanko, side; guto, drop; frapi, to strike; bori, to bore; signo, sign; atingi, to attain; laca, weary; semo, seed; ĉesi, to cease; admoni, to exhort; koro, heart; vento, wind; subita, sudden; velki, to wither; deŝiri, to tear from, pluck off; akiri, to acquire; provi, to make trial of; hardi, to harden.
Celo, goal; simile, like; fantomo, ghost, apparition; sorto, fate; moko, mockery; elekti, to choose; flanko, side; guto, drop; frapi, to hit; bori, to bore; signo, sign; atingi, to achieve; laca, tired; semo, seed; ĉesi, to stop; admoni, to encourage; koro, heart; vento, wind; subita, sudden; velki, to wilt; deŝiri, to tear away, pluck off; akiri, to obtain; provi, to test; hardi, to toughen.
EN LA GUILDHALL, URBO LONDONO,
La 2lan de Aŭgusto, 1907.
El "The British Esperantist."
The British Esperantist.
Kulpo, fault; trakti, to treat; prediki, to preach; gento, tribe, race; ŝovinisto, Chauvinist; Litovujo, Lithuania; senĝo, dream; atesti, to bear witness; revi, to imagine, dream; bedaŭri, to regret; sklavo, slave; senco, meaning; rajto, right; alglui, to glue to, stick to, attach; lupo, wolf; trudi, to obtrude; moro, manners, custom; paco, peace; konsenti, to agree; kruda, crude, rough, raw; frukto, fruit; ŝati, to prize, appreciate, like.
Kulpo, fault; trakti, to treat; prediki, to preach; gento, tribe, race; ŝovinisto, Chauvinist; Litovujo, Lithuania; senĝo, dream; atesti, to bear witness; revi, to imagine, dream; bedaŭri, to regret; sklavo, slave; senco, meaning; rajto, right; alglui, to glue to, stick to, attach; lupo, wolf; trudi, to obtrude; moro, manners, custom; paco, peace; konsenti, to agree; kruda, crude, rough, raw; frukto, fruit; ŝati, to prize, appreciate, like.
As this Vocabulary is intended for those who have worked through the preceding lessons, it is not a full vocabulary, but only supplementary to those already given, and the words contained in those are, as a rule, not repeated here.
As this Vocabulary is meant for those who have completed the previous lessons, it is not a comprehensive vocabulary, but rather an addition to what has already been provided, and the words included in those lessons are generally not repeated here.
In order to get in as many root words as possible, derived words and the second word of a pair (e.g., male or female, opposites, the action and the tool, the animal and its young, etc.) are generally omitted; the simple word or one of the pair being found, the other word is to be formed from it by means of the proper word-ending, prefix or suffix.
To include as many root words as possible, related words and the second word in a pair (e.g., male or female, opposites, the action and the tool, the animal and its young, etc.) are usually left out; once the simple word or one of the pair is found, the other word can be created from it using the appropriate word-ending, prefix, or suffix.
In English there are often several words to express the same or nearly the same meaning. Want of space prevents these being all included; the most important or most commonly used word has therefore been chosen; for instance, mercury, tranquil, diaphanous, suffocate, salve, renown, fiddle, are not to be found, but quicksilver, calm, translucent, smother, ointment, fame, violin, are there.
In English, there are often several words that convey the same or very similar meanings. Due to space limitations, not all of these can be included; instead, the most important or commonly used word has been selected. For example, mercury, tranquil, diaphanous, suffocate, salve, renown, fiddle are not included, but quicksilver, calm, translucent, smother, ointment, fame, violin are.
A most valuable help to the student is a good English dictionary, and if this gives the derivation of the words, the interest of the study is greatly increased. The difficulty often is, not to find the right Esperanto word, but to know exactly what the English word or phrase means. It is the experience of most Esperantists that in learning Esperanto their knowledge of their own language has become much more thorough. [Footnote: A remark made by a student during one lesson was "Well, if we don't learn Esperanto, we shall learn English."] For this reason and also that this language cannot be learned simply as a matter of rote, but demands the exercise of the thinking and reasoning powers, [Footnote: To convince an opponent or a doubter of this, tell him that "utila" means "useful," and "mal" denotes the contrary; then ask what "malutila" means. The answer will almost certainly be "useless." Then show that the contrary of a good quality is not merely the absence of that quality, but is a bad quality, and therefore the contrary of "useful" is "harmful."] Esperanto ought to be taught in all schools.
A really helpful tool for students is a good English dictionary, and if it includes the origins of the words, studying becomes even more interesting. The challenge often isn’t finding the right Esperanto word, but understanding exactly what the English word or phrase means. Most Esperantists find that while learning Esperanto, their grasp of their own language has become much deeper. [Footnote: A student once mentioned during a lesson, "Well, if we don't learn Esperanto, we will learn English."] For this reason, and because this language can't be learned just by memorizing but requires the use of thinking and reasoning skills, [Footnote: To prove this to a doubter, you can say that "utila" means "useful," and "mal" indicates the opposite; then ask what "malutila" means. They will likely answer "useless." Then explain that the opposite of a good quality isn’t just the lack of that quality, but rather a bad quality, so the opposite of "useful" is "harmful."] Esperanto should be taught in all schools.
[Most index entries in the original listed both page and lesson numbers. Since page numbers are useless for this etext, they have been removed. Entries that originally appeared with page numbers only, have nothing after them here.]
[Most index entries in the original included both page and lesson numbers. Since page numbers are irrelevant for this etext, they have been removed. Entries that originally had only page numbers now have nothing after them here.]
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!